e10vk
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
|
|
|
þ |
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
OR
|
|
|
o |
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
Commission file number: 1-14443
GARTNER, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
04-3099750 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer |
incorporation or organization)
|
|
Identification No.) |
|
|
|
P.O. Box 10212 |
|
|
56 Top Gallant Road |
|
|
Stamford, CT
|
|
06902-7700 |
(Address of principal executive offices)
|
|
(Zip Code) |
|
|
|
(203) 316-1111 |
|
|
(Registrants telephone number, |
|
|
including area code) |
|
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
|
|
Name of each exchange |
Title of each class |
|
on which registered |
Common Stock, $.0005 par value per share
|
|
New York Stock Exchange |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of
the Securities Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or
Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its
corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes
þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is
not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in
definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a
non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated
filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
(Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer þ
|
|
Accelerated filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer o
|
|
Smaller reporting company o |
|
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
|
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
As of June 30, 2010, the aggregate market value of the registrants common stock held by
non-affiliates of the registrant was $1,679,003,400 based on the closing sale price as reported on
the New York Stock Exchange.
The number of shares outstanding of the registrants common stock was 95,993,389 as of January 31,
2011.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
|
|
|
Document |
|
Parts Into Which Incorporated |
Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting
of Stockholders to be held June 2, 2011
(Proxy Statement)
|
|
Part III |
GARTNER, INC.
2010 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
GENERAL
Gartner, Inc. (NYSE: IT) is the worlds leading information technology research and advisory
company. We deliver the technology-related insight necessary for our clients to make the right
decisions, every day. From CIOs and senior IT leaders in corporations and government agencies, to
business leaders in high-tech and telecom enterprises and professional services firms, to
technology investors, we are the valuable partner to over 60,000
clients in 11,601 distinct
organizations. Through the resources of Gartner Research, Gartner Executive Programs, Gartner
Consulting and Gartner Events, we work with every client to research, analyze and interpret the
business of IT within the context of their individual role. Founded in 1979, Gartner is
headquartered in Stamford, Connecticut, U.S.A., and as of December
31, 2010, we had 4,461 associates, including 1,249 research
analysts and consultants, and clients in 85 countries.
The foundation for all Gartner products and services is our independent research on IT issues. The
findings from this research are delivered through our three customer segments Research,
Consulting and Events:
|
|
Research provides insight for CIOs, IT professionals, technology companies and the investment
community through reports and briefings, access to our analysts, as well as peer networking
services and membership programs designed specifically for CIOs and other senior executives. |
|
|
Consulting consists primarily of consulting, measurement engagements and strategic advisory
services (paid one-day analyst engagements) (SAS), which provide assessments of cost,
performance, efficiency and quality focused on the IT industry. |
|
|
Events consists of various symposia, conferences and exhibitions focused on the IT industry. |
For more information regarding Gartner and our products and services, visit
www.gartner.com.
References to the Company, we, our, and us are to Gartner, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
MARKET OVERVIEW
Information technology is critical to the operational and financial success of all business
enterprises and other organizations, as well as government and government agencies. Once a support
function, IT is now viewed as a strategic component of growth and operating performance.
Accordingly, it has become imperative for executives and IT professionals to invest in IT and
manage their IT spending and purchasing decisions efficiently and effectively.
As the cost of IT solutions continue to rise, executives and technology professionals have
realized the importance of making well-informed decisions and increasingly seek to maximize their
returns on IT capital investments. As a result, any IT investment decision in an enterprise is
subject to increased financial scrutiny, especially in the current challenging economic climate. In
addition, todays IT marketplace is dynamic and complex. Technology providers continually introduce
new products with a wide variety of standards and features that are prone to shorter life cycles.
Users of technology a group that encompasses nearly all organizations must keep abreast of
new developments in technology to ensure that their IT systems are reliable, efficient and meet
both their current and future needs.
Given the critical nature of technology decision making and spending, business enterprises,
organizations, and governments and their agencies frequently turn to outside experts for
guidance in IT procurement, implementation and operations in order to maximize the value of their
IT investments. Accordingly, it is critical that CIOs and other executives and personnel within an
IT organization obtain value-added, independent and objective research and analysis of the IT
market to assist them in these IT-related decisions.
3
OUR SOLUTION
We provide high-quality, independent and objective research and analysis of the IT industry.
Through our entire product portfolio, our global research team provides thought leadership and
insight about technology acquisition and deployment to CIOs, executives and other technology
leaders and professionals.
We employ a diversified business model that utilizes and leverages the breadth and depth of our
intellectual capital. The foundation of our business model is our ability to create and distribute
our proprietary research content as broadly as possible via published reports and briefings,
consulting and advisory services, and hosting symposia, conferences and exhibitions.
With a base of 776 research analysts, we create timely and relevant technology-related research. In
addition, we have 473 experienced consultants who combine our objective, independent research with
a practical, business perspective focused on the IT industry. Our events are among the worlds
largest of their kind, gathering highly qualified audiences of CIOs, senior business executives, IT
professionals and purchasers and providers of IT products and services.
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
Our diversified business model provides multiple entry points and synergies that facilitate
increased client spending on our research, consulting services and events. A critical part of our
long-term strategy is to increase business volume with our most valuable clients, identifying
relationships with the greatest sales potential and expanding those relationships by offering
strategically relevant research and analysis. We also seek to extend the Gartner brand name to
develop new client relationships, and augment our sales capacity and expand into new markets around
the world. In addition, we seek to increase our revenue and operating cash flow through more
effective pricing of our products and services. These initiatives have created additional revenue
streams through more effective packaging, campaigning and cross-selling of our products and
services.
Our principal products and services are delivered via our Research, Consulting and Events segments:
|
|
RESEARCH. The Gartner global research product is the fundamental building block for all
Gartner services and covers all IT markets, topics and industries. We combine our proprietary
research methodologies with extensive industry and academic relationships to create Gartner
solutions. Our research agenda is defined by clients needs, focusing on the critical issues,
opportunities and challenges they face every day. Our research analysts are in regular contact
with both technology providers and technology users, enabling them to identify the most
pertinent topics in the IT marketplace and develop relevant product enhancements to meet the
evolving needs of users of our research. Our proprietary research content, presented in the
form of reports, briefings, updates and related tools, is delivered directly to the clients
desktop via our website and/or product-specific portals. |
|
|
Our research analysts provide in-depth analysis on all aspects of technology, including hardware;
software and systems; services; IT management; market data and forecasts; and vertical industry
issues. Clients typically sign contracts that provide access to our research content for
individual users over a defined period of time, which is typically one year. Despite improving but
still fragile global economic conditions, in 2010 we maintained strong research client retention,
with 83% of user organizations renewing their contracts, as well as 98% wallet retention, a
measure of the dollar amount of contract value we have retained with clients over the prior year. |
|
|
There are various products and services through which our clients can take advantage of the insight
gained through our rigorous research processes and proprietary methodologies: |
|
|
Gartner Executive Programs is an exclusive organization combining the shared intelligence of the
largest IT executive community in the world with customized access to Gartner insight and
resources. An Executive Program membership leverages the knowledge and expertise of Gartner in ways
that are specific to the CIOs needs, and offers role-based offerings and member-only communities
for peer-based collaboration. It enables CIOs, senior IT executives and other business executives
to become more effective in their enterprises, grow their enterprises, fuel competitive advantage
and operate more efficiently.
Our Enterprise IT Leaders product provides a personalized service consisting of Gartner research,
peer-interaction and networking to help senior leaders save time and money, mitigate risk and
exploit new opportunities. This service provides CIO direct reports with the combined value of
role-specific insights from Gartner analysts, practical advice from an exclusive community of
peers, and expert coaching from a leadership partner.
Approximately 4,000 CIOs and senior IT executives are members of
Gartner Executive Programs. |
|
|
Gartner for IT Leaders currently provides eight role-based research offerings to assist end-user
IT leaders with effective decision making. These products align a clients specific job-related
challenges with appropriate Gartner analysts and insight, and connect IT leaders to IT peers who
share common business and technology issues. Gartner for IT Leaders is an indispensable strategic
resource, delivering timely, reliable insight to guide decisions and get the most from
highest-priority initiatives. |
4
|
|
Gartner for Business Leaders provides a series of role-based research offerings for business
leaders in the technology and communications industryincluding sales professionals, product and
marketing management, competitive intelligence leaders and analyst relations professionalsto
achieve a higher level of success. |
|
|
Gartner Industry Advisory Services address technology issues and topics with a focus on their
impact on specific vertical industries. This service is for CIOs, CTOs, and other senior IT executives. |
|
|
AMR Supply Chain Leaders delivers objective, actionable insight and best practices around key supply chain
initiatives to help supply chain operations professionals build, manage and transform their global supply chainsmaximizing productivity, minimizing risks and driving revenue and competitive advantage. We also offer sector-specific supply chain guidance for eight industries, including aerospace, automotive, consumer products, chemical
and process manufacturing, healthcare and life sciences, high-tech manufacturing, industrial manufacturing, and
retail.
AMR Enterprise Supply Chain Leaders provides senior supply chain executives (in large, complex enterprises with revenues of $1 billion or more) with the same in-depth insight and best practice research as Gartner for Supply Chain Leaders, plus ongoing expert coaching from a trusted advisor and the ability to confer, collaborate and compare notes with a vibrant community of experienced peers.
Burton IT1 provides technical architects, systems analysts and engineers with the in-depth technical research, actionable insight and technical guidance to accelerate project timelines, mitigate execution risks and reduce IT spend.
|
|
|
Gartner Invest delivers technology research and analysis to buy-side, venture capital and private
equity investors to support the activities of investors interested in technology. Content is built
around a base of published qualitative and quantitative Gartner research that captures both the
supply- and demand-side perspectives of IT, and contains unique Invest content. |
|
|
CONSULTING. Gartners consultants bring together our unique Research insight, Benchmarking
data, problem-solving methodologies and hands on experience to improve the return on our
clients IT investment. Our consultants provide fact-based consulting services to help our
clients use and manage IT to enable business performance. We seek to accomplish three major
outcomes for our clients: applying IT to drive improvements in business performance; creating
sustainable IT efficiency that ensures a constant return on IT investments; and strengthening
the IT organization and operations to ensure high-value services to the clients lines of
business and to enable the client to adapt to business changes. |
|
|
We deliver our consulting solutions by capitalizing on Gartner assets that are invaluable to IT
decision making, including: (1) our extensive research, which ensures that our consulting analyses
and advice are based on a deep understanding of the IT environment and the business of IT; (2) our
market independence, which keeps our consultants focused on our clients success; and (3) our
market-leading benchmarking capabilities, which provide relevant comparisons and best practices to
assess and improve performance. |
|
|
Gartner Consulting provides solutions aimed at IT roles and IT initiatives in various industries.
We provide consulting engagements to CIOs and IT executives, and to those professionals
responsible for IT applications, enterprise architecture, go-to-market strategies, infrastructure
and operations, programs and portfolio management and sourcing and vendor relationships, that are
relevant to the role played by the client within the organization. We also provide targeted
consulting services to professionals in the banking and investment services, education, energy and
utilities, government, healthcare providers and high tech and telecom providers that utilize our
in-depth knowledge of the demands of each industry. Finally, we provide actionable solutions for
IT Cost Optimization, Technology Modernization and IT Sourcing Optimization initiatives. |
|
|
EVENTS. Gartner symposia and conferences are gatherings of technologys most senior IT
professionals, business strategists and practitioners. Symposia and conferences give clients
live access to insights developed from our latest proprietary research in a concentrated way.
Informative sessions led by Gartner analysts are augmented with technology showcases, peer
exchange, analyst
|
5
|
|
one-on-one meetings, workshops and keynotes by technologys top leaders. Symposia and conferences,
which are not limited to Gartner research clients, also provide participants with an opportunity
to interact with business executives from the worlds leading technology companies. In 2010, we
held 56 Gartner events throughout the world that attracted over 37,000 attendees. |
|
|
Gartner conferences attract high-level IT and business professionals who seek in-depth knowledge
about technology products and services. Gartner Symposia are large, strategic conferences held in
various locations throughout the world for senior IT and business professionals. Symposia are
combined with ITxpo, an exhibition where the latest technology products and solutions are
demonstrated. Gartner Summits focus on specific topics, technologies and industries, providing IT
Professionals with the insight, solutions and networking opportunities to succeed in their job
role. We offer Summits in Applications, Business Intelligence and Information Management, Business
Process Improvement, Enterprise Architecture, IT Infrastructure and Operations, Portfolio and
Production Management, Security and Risk Management, and Sourcing and Vendor Relationships, among
others. Finally, we offer targeted events for CIOs and IT executives. |
COMPETITION
We believe that the principal factors that differentiate us from our competitors are:
|
|
Superior IT Research Content We believe that we create the broadest, highest-quality and
most relevant research coverage of the IT industry. Our research analysis generates unbiased
insight that we believe is timely, thought-provoking and comprehensive, and that is known for
its high quality, independence and objectivity. |
|
|
Our Leading Brand Name For over 30 years we have been providing critical, trusted insight
under the Gartner name. |
|
|
Our Global Footprint and Established Customer Base We have a global presence with clients
in 85 countries on six continents. For 2010 and 2009, 44% and 45% of our revenues,
respectively, were derived from sales outside of the U.S. |
|
|
Substantial Operating Leverage in Our Business Model We have the ability to distribute our
intellectual property and expertise across multiple platforms, including research
publications, consulting engagements, conferences and executive programs, to derive
incremental revenues and profitability. |
|
|
Experienced Management Team Our management team is composed of IT research veterans and
experienced industry executives. |
|
|
Vast Network of Analysts and Consultants We have 1,249 research analysts and consultants
located around the world. Our analysts speak 47 languages and are located in numerous
countries, enabling us to cover all aspects of IT on a global basis. |
Notwithstanding these differentiating factors, we face competition from a significant number of
independent providers of information products and services. We compete indirectly against
consulting firms and other information providers, including electronic and print media companies.
These indirect competitors could choose to compete directly with us in the future. Additionally, we
face competition from free sources of information that are available to our clients through the
Internet. Limited barriers to entry exist in the markets in which we do business. As a result, new
competitors may emerge and existing competitors may start to provide additional or complementary
services. However, we believe the breadth and depth of our research assets position us well versus
our competition. Increased competition may result in loss of market share, diminished value in our
products and services, reduced pricing and increased sales and marketing expenditures.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Our success has resulted in part from proprietary methodologies, software, reusable knowledge
capital and other intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark,
trade secret, confidentiality, non-compete and other contractual provisions to protect our
intellectual property rights. We have policies related to confidentiality, ownership and the use
and protection of Gartners intellectual property, and we also enter into agreements with our
employees as appropriate that protect our intellectual property, and we enforce these agreements if
necessary.
We recognize the value of our intellectual property in the marketplace and vigorously identify,
create and protect it. Additionally, we actively monitor and enforce contract compliance by our end
users.
6
EMPLOYEES
As of December 31, 2010, we had 4,461 employees, of which 709 were located at our headquarters in
Stamford, Connecticut; 1,993 were located elsewhere in the United States; and 1,759 were located
outside of the United States. Our employees may be subject to collective bargaining agreements at a
company or industry level in those foreign countries where this is part of the local labor law or
practice. We have experienced no work stoppages and consider our relations with our employees to be
favorable.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
Our Internet address is www.gartner.com and the investor relations section of our website
is located at www.investor.gartner.com. We make available free of charge, on or through the
investor relations section of our website, printable copies of our annual reports on Form 10-K,
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed
or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the Exchange Act) as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material
with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC).
Also available at www.investor.gartner.com, under the Corporate Governance link, are printable
and current copies of our (i) CEO & CFO Code of Ethics which applies to our Chief Executive
Officer, Chief Financial Officer, controller and other financial managers, (ii) Code of Conduct,
which applies to all Gartner officers, directors and employees, (iii) Board Principles and
Practices, the corporate governance principles that have been adopted by our Board and (iv)
charters for each of the Boards standing committees: Audit, Compensation and
Governance/Nominating.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
We operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing
environment that involves numerous risks and uncertainties some
of which are beyond our control. In addition, we and our clients
are affected by global economic conditions. You should carefully
consider the following risk factors and those set forth in our
most recent Annual Report on
Form 10-K
and Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
which are incorporated by reference in this prospectus
supplement. See Available Information. You should
also carefully consider all of the other information in this
prospectus supplement or incorporated by reference herein. Any
of the risks described below could have a material adverse
impact on our business, prospects, results of operations and
financial condition and could therefore have a negative effect
on the trading price of our common stock. Additionally risks not
currently known to us or that we now deem immaterial may also
harm us and negatively affect your investment.
Risks
related to our business
Our operating results could be negatively impacted by general
economic conditions. Our business is impacted by
general economic conditions, both domestic and abroad. The
severe tightening of the credit markets, significant
bankruptcies and other disruptions in the financial markets, and
the global economic recession that began in 2008 contributed to
significant slowdowns and uncertainty in global trade and
economic activity. Although global credit and general economic
conditions have improved, continuing difficulties in the
financial markets and uncertainty regarding the sustainability
of the global economic recovery could negatively and materially
affect demand for our products and services. Such difficulties
could include the ability to maintain client retention, wallet
retention and consulting utilization rates, achieve contract
value and consulting backlog growth, attract attendees and
exhibitors to our events or obtain new clients. Such
developments could negatively impact our financial condition,
results of operations, and cash flows.
We face significant competition and our failure to compete
successfully could materially adversely affect our results of
operations and financial condition. We face
direct competition from a significant number of independent
providers of information products and services, including
information available on the Internet free of charge. We also
compete indirectly against consulting firms and other
information providers, including electronic and print media
companies, some of which may have greater financial, information
gathering and marketing resources than we do. These indirect
competitors could also choose to compete directly with us in the
future. In addition, limited barriers to entry exist in the
markets in which we do business. As a result, additional new
competitors may emerge and existing competitors may start to
provide additional or complementary services. Additionally,
technological advances may provide increased competition from a
variety of sources.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully
compete against current and future competitors and our failure
to do so could result in loss of market share, diminished value
in our products and services, reduced pricing and increased
marketing expenditures. Furthermore, we may not be successful if
we cannot compete effectively on quality of research and
analysis, timely delivery of information, customer service, and
the ability to offer products to meet changing market needs for
information and analysis, or price.
We may not be able to maintain our existing products and
services. We operate in a rapidly evolving
market, and our success depends upon our ability to deliver high
quality and timely research and analysis to our clients. Any
failure to continue to provide credible and reliable information
that is useful to our clients could have a material adverse
effect on future business and operating results. Further, if our
predictions prove to be wrong or are not substantiated by
appropriate research, our reputation may suffer and demand for
our products and services may decline. In addition, we must
continue to improve our methods for delivering our
7
products and services in a cost-effective manner. Failure to
increase and improve our electronic delivery capabilities could
adversely affect our future business and operating results.
We may not be able to enhance and develop our existing
products and services, or introduce the new products and
services that are needed to remain
competitive. The market for our products and
services is characterized by rapidly changing needs for
information and analysis on the IT industry as a whole. The
development of new products is a complex and time-consuming
process. Nonetheless, to maintain our competitive position, we
must continue to enhance and improve our products and services,
develop or acquire new products and services, deliver all
products and services in a timely manner, and appropriately
position and price new products and services relative to the
marketplace and our costs of producing them. Any failure to
achieve successful client acceptance of new products and
services could have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations and financial position. Additionally,
significant delays in new product or services releases or
significant problems in creating new products or services could
adversely affect our business, results of operations and
financial position.
We depend on renewals of subscription-based services and
sales of new subscription-based services for a significant
portion of our revenue, and our failure to renew at historical
rates or generate new sales of such services could lead to a
decrease in our revenues. A large portion of our
success depends on our ability to generate renewals of our
subscription-based research products and services and new sales
of such products and services, both to new clients and existing
clients. These products and services constituted 67% and 66% of
our revenues for 2010 and 2009, respectively. Generating new
sales of our subscription-based products and services, both to
new and existing clients, is often a time consuming process. If
we are unable to generate new sales, due to competition or other
factors, our revenues will be adversely affected.
Our research subscription agreements have terms that generally
range from twelve to thirty months. Our ability to maintain
contract renewals is subject to numerous factors, including the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
delivering high-quality and timely analysis and advice to our
clients;
|
|
|
|
understanding and anticipating market trends and the changing
needs of our clients; and
|
|
|
|
delivering products and services of the quality and timeliness
necessary to withstand competition.
|
Additionally, as we continue to adjust our products and service offerings to meet our clients continuing needs, we may shift the type and pricing of
our products which may impact client renewal rates. While our
research client retention rate was 83% at December 31, 2010
and 78% at December 31, 2009, there can be no guarantee
that we will continue to maintain this rate of client renewals.
We depend on non-recurring consulting engagements and our
failure to secure new engagements could lead to a decrease in
our revenues. Consulting segment revenues
constituted 23% of our total revenues for 2010 and 25% for 2009.
These consulting engagements typically are project-based and
non-recurring. Our ability to replace consulting engagements is
subject to numerous factors, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
delivering consistent, high-quality consulting services to our
clients;
|
|
|
|
tailoring our consulting services to the changing needs of our
clients; and
|
|
|
|
our ability to match the skills and competencies of our
consulting staff to the skills required for the fulfillment of
existing or potential consulting engagements.
|
Any material decline in our ability to replace consulting
arrangements could have an adverse impact on our revenues and
our financial condition.
The profitability and success of our conferences, symposia
and events could be adversely affected by external factors
beyond our control. The market for desirable
dates and locations for conferences, symposia and events is
highly competitive. If we cannot secure desirable dates and
locations for our conferences, symposia and events their
profitability could suffer, and our financial condition and
results of operations may be adversely affected. In addition,
because our events are scheduled in advance and held at specific
locations, the success of these events can be affected by
circumstances outside of our control, such as labor strikes,
8
transportation shutdowns and travel restrictions, economic
slowdowns, terrorist attacks, weather, natural disasters and
other world events impacting the global economy, the occurrence
of any of which could negatively impact the success of the event and as the global economy recovers, our ability to procure space for
our events and keep associated costs down could become more
challenging.
Our sales to governments are subject to appropriations and
may be terminated. We derive significant revenues
from contracts with the U.S. government and its respective
agencies, numerous state and local governments and their
respective agencies, and foreign governments and their agencies.
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, approximately
$210.0 million and $182.0 million, respectively, of
our Research contract value and Consulting backlog was
attributable to governments. We believe substantially all of the
amount attributable to governments at December 31, 2010
will be filled in 2011. Our U.S. government contracts are
subject to the approval of appropriations by the
U.S. Congress to fund the agencies contracting for our
services, and our contracts at the state and local levels are
subject to various government authorizations and funding
approvals and mechanisms. In general, most if not all of these
contracts may be terminated at any time without cause
(termination for convenience). Additionally, many
state governments, their agencies, and municipalities across the
United States are under severe financial strain and are considering significant budget cuts. Should
appropriations for the governments and agencies that contract
with us be curtailed, or should government contracts be
terminated for convenience, we may experience a significant loss
of segment and consolidated revenues.
We may not be able to attract and retain qualified personnel
which could jeopardize the quality of our products and
services. Our success depends heavily upon the
quality of our senior management, research analysts,
consultants, sales and other key personnel. We face competition
for the limited pool of these qualified professionals from,
among others, technology companies, market research firms,
consulting firms, financial services companies and electronic
and print media companies, some of which have a greater ability
to attract and compensate these professionals. Some of the
personnel that we attempt to hire are subject to non-compete
agreements that could impede our short-term recruitment efforts.
Any failure to retain key personnel or hire and train additional
qualified personnel as required to support the evolving needs of
clients or growth in our business, could adversely affect the
quality of our products and services, as well as future business
and operating results.
We may not be able to maintain the equity in our brand
name. We believe that our Gartner
brand, including our independence, is critical to our efforts to
attract and retain clients and that the importance of brand
recognition will increase as competition increases. We may
expand our marketing activities to promote and strengthen the
Gartner brand and may need to increase our marketing budget,
hire additional marketing and public relations personnel, expend
additional sums to protect the brand and otherwise increase
expenditures to create and maintain client brand loyalty. If we
fail to effectively promote and maintain the Gartner brand, or
incur excessive expenses in doing so, our future business and
operating results could be adversely impacted.
Our international operations expose us to a variety of
operational risks which could negatively impact our future
revenue and growth. We have clients in 85
countries and 44% and 45% of our revenues for 2010 and 2009,
respectively, were derived from sales outside of the U.S.
Our operating results are subject to the risks inherent in
international business activities, including general political
and economic conditions in each country, changes in market
demand as a result of tariffs and other trade barriers,
challenges in staffing and managing foreign operations, changes
in regulatory requirements, compliance with numerous foreign
laws and regulations, differences between U.S. and foreign
tax rates and laws, and the difficulty of enforcing client
agreements, collecting accounts receivable and protecting
intellectual property rights in international jurisdictions.
Furthermore, we rely on local distributors or sales agents in
some international locations. If any of these arrangements are
terminated by our agent or us, we may not be able to replace the
arrangement on beneficial terms or on a timely basis, or clients
of the local distributor or sales agent may not want to continue
to do business with us or our new agent.
Our international operations expose us to volatility in
foreign currency exchange rates. Revenues earned
outside the U.S. are typically transacted in local currencies,
which may fluctuate significantly against the dollar. While we
may use forward exchange contracts to a limited extent to seek
to mitigate foreign currency risk, our revenues and results of operations could be adversely
affected by unfavorable foreign currency fluctuations.
Catastrophic events or geo-political conditions may disrupt
our business. A disruption or failure of our
systems or operations or our ability to deliver our Research
content over the internet in the event of a major weather event,
cyber-attack, terrorist attack or other catastrophic event could
cause delays in completing sales, providing services, or
performing other mission-critical functions. Our corporate
headquarters is located approximately 30 miles from New
York City, and we have an operations center located in
Ft. Myers, Florida, in a hurricane-prone area. We also
operate in numerous international locations. A catastrophic
event that results in the destruction or disruption of any of
our critical business or information technology systems could
harm our ability to conduct normal business operations and
negatively impact our operating results. Abrupt political
change, terrorist activity, and armed conflict pose a risk of
general economic disruption in affected countries, which may
increase our operating costs. Additionally, these conditions
also may add uncertainty to the timing and budget decisions of
our clients.
9
We may experience outages and disruptions of our online
services if we fail to maintain an adequate operations
infrastructure. Our increasing user traffic and
complexity of our products and services demand more computing
power. We have spent and expect to continue to spend substantial
amounts to maintain data centers and equipment and to upgrade
our technology and network infrastructure to handle increased
traffic on our websites. However, any inefficiencies or
operational failures could diminish the quality of our products,
services, and user experience, resulting in damage to our
reputation and loss of current and potential users, subscribers,
and advertisers, harming our operating results and financial
condition.
Our outstanding debt obligations could impact our financial
condition or future operating results. In
December 2010 we refinanced our debt by entering into a new
credit agreement that provides for a five-year,
$200.0 million term loan and a $400.0 million
revolving credit facility (the 2010 Credit
Agreement). The 2010 Credit Agreement contains an
expansion feature by which the term loan and revolving facility
may be increased, at our option and under certain conditions, by
up to an additional $150.0 million in the aggregate which
may or may not be available to us depending upon prevailing
credit market conditions.
The affirmative, negative and financial covenants of the 2010
Credit Agreement could limit our future financial flexibility.
Additionally, a failure to comply with these covenants could
result in acceleration of all amounts outstanding under the
Credit Agreement, which would materially impact our financial
condition unless accommodations could be negotiated with our
lenders. No assurance can be given that we would be successful
in doing so in this current financial climate, or that any
accommodations that we were able to negotiate would be on terms
as favorable as those presently contained in the Credit
Agreement.
The associated debt service costs of the borrowing arrangement
under our 2010 Credit Agreement could impair our future
operating results. The outstanding debt may limit the amount of
cash or additional credit available to us, which could restrain
our ability to expand or enhance products and services, respond
to competitive pressures or pursue future business opportunities
requiring substantial investments of additional capital.
We may require additional cash resources which may not be
available on favorable terms or at all. We
believe that our existing cash balances, projected cash flow
from operations, and the borrowing capacity we have under our
revolving credit facility will be sufficient for our needs.
However, we may require additional cash resources due to changed
business conditions, implementation of our strategy and stock
repurchase program, to repay indebtedness or to pursue future
business opportunities requiring substantial investments of
additional capital. If our existing financial resources are
insufficient to satisfy our requirements, we may seek additional
borrowings. Prevailing credit market conditions may negatively
affect debt availability and cost, and, as a result, financing
may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if
at all. In addition, the incurrence of additional indebtedness
would result in increased debt service obligations and could
require us to agree to operating and financial covenants that
would further restrict our operations.
If we are unable to enforce and protect our intellectual
property rights our competitive position may be
harmed. We rely on a combination of copyright,
trademark, trade secret, confidentiality, non-compete and other
contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property
rights. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property
rights, unauthorized third parties may obtain and use technology
or other information that we regard as proprietary. Our
intellectual property rights may not survive a legal challenge
to their validity or provide significant protection for us. The
laws of certain countries, particularly in emerging markets, do
not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the
laws of the United States. Accordingly, we may not be able to
protect our intellectual property against unauthorized
third-party copying or use, which could adversely affect our
competitive position. Our employees are subject to non-compete
agreements. When the non-competition period expires, former
employees may compete against us. If a former employee chooses
to compete against us prior to the expiration of the
non-competition period, we seek to enforce these non-compete
provisions but there is no assurance that we will be successful
in our efforts. Additionally, there can be no assurance that
another party will not assert that we have infringed its
intellectual property rights.
10
We have grown, and may continue to grow, through acquisitions
and strategic investments, which could involve substantial
risks. We have made and may continue to make
acquisitions of, or significant investments in, businesses that
offer complementary products and services. The risks involved in
each acquisition or investment include the possibility of paying
more than the value we derive from the acquisition, dilution of
the interests of our current stockholders or decreased working
capital, increased indebtedness, the assumption of undisclosed
liabilities and unknown and unforeseen risks, the ability to
retain key personnel of the acquired company, the inability to
integrate the business of the acquired company, the time to
train the sales force to market and sell the products of the
acquired business, the potential disruption of our ongoing
business and the distraction of management from our business.
The realization of any of these risks could adversely affect our
business. Additionally, we face competition in identifying
acquisition targets and consummating acquisitions.
We face risks related to litigation. We are,
and may in the future be, subject to a variety of legal actions,
such as employment, breach of contract, intellectual
property-related, and business torts, including claims of unfair
trade practices and misappropriation of trade secrets. Given the
nature of our business, we are also subject to defamation
(including libel and slander), negligence, or other claims
relating to the information we publish. Regardless of the
merits, responding to any such claim could be time consuming,
result in costly litigation and require us to enter into
settlements, royalty and licensing agreements which may not be
offered or available on reasonable terms. If a successful claim
is made against us and we fail to settle the claim on reasonable
terms, our business, results of operations or financial position
could be materially adversely affected.
We face risks related to taxation. We operate
in numerous domestic and foreign taxing jurisdictions and our
level of operations and profitability in each jurisdiction may
have an impact upon the amount of income taxes that we recognize
in any given year. In addition, our tax filings for various tax
years are subject to audit by the tax authorities in
jurisdictions where we conduct business, and in the ordinary
course of business, we may be under audit by one or more tax
authorities from time to time.
These audits may result in assessments of additional taxes, and
resolution of these matters involves uncertainties and there are
no assurances that the ultimate resolution will not exceed the
amounts we have recorded. Additionally, the results of an audit
could have a material effect on our financial position, results
of operations, or cash flows in the period or periods for which
that determination is made.
Risks
related to our Common Stock
Our operating results may fluctuate from period to period and
may not meet the expectations of securities analysts or
investors or guidance we have given, which may cause the price
of our Common Stock to decline. Our quarterly and
annual operating results may fluctuate in the future as a result
of many factors, including the timing of the execution of
research contracts, the extent of completion of consulting
engagements, the timing of symposia and other events, the amount
of new business generated, the mix of domestic and international
business, currency fluctuations, changes in market demand for
our products and services, the timing of the development,
introduction and marketing of new products and services, and
competition in the
industry. An inability to generate sufficient earnings and cash
flow, and achieve our forecasts, may impact our operating and
other activities. The potential fluctuations in our operating
results could cause
period-to-period
comparisons of operating results not to be meaningful and may
provide an unreliable indication of future operating results.
Furthermore, our operating results may not meet the expectations
of securities analysts or investors in the future or guidance we
have given. If this occurs, the price of our stock would likely
decline.
Our stock price may be impacted by factors outside of our
control and you may not be able to resell shares of our Common
Stock at or above the price you paid. The trading
prices of our Common Stock could be subject to significant
fluctuations in response to, among other factors, developments
in the industries in which we do business, general economic
conditions, general market conditions, changes in the nature and
composition of our stockholder base, changes in securities
analysts recommendations regarding our securities and our
performance relative to securities analysts expectations
for any quarterly period. These factors may adversely affect the
market price of our Common Stock.
Future sales of our Common Stock in the public market could
lower our stock price. Sales of a substantial
number of shares of Common Stock in the public market by our
current stockholders, or the threat that substantial sales may
occur, could cause the market price of our Common Stock to
decrease significantly or make it difficult for us to raise
additional capital by selling stock. Furthermore, we have
various equity incentive plans that provide for awards in the
form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted
stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards which
have the effect of adding shares of Common Stock into the public
market.
As of December 31, 2010, the aggregate number of shares of
our Common Stock issuable pursuant to outstanding grants and
awards under these plans was approximately 9.0 million
shares (approximately 3.5 million of which have vested). In
addition, approximately 7.0 million shares may be issued in
connection with future awards under our equity incentive plans.
Shares of Common Stock issued under these plans are freely
transferable without further registration under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), except
for any shares held by affiliates (as that term is defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act). We cannot predict the
size of future issuances of our Common Stock or the effect, if
any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our Common
Stock will have on the market price of our Common Stock.
11
Interests of certain of our significant stockholders may conflict with yours. To our knowledge, as of the date of this report and based upon
SEC filings, seven institutional investors each presently hold over
5% of our Common Stock. Additionally, a representative of ValueAct
Capital Master Fund L.P. (ValueAct Capital) presently holds
one seat on our Board of Directors.
While no stockholder or institutional investor individually
holds a majority of our outstanding shares, these significant
stockholders may be able, either individually or acting
together, to exercise significant influence over matters
requiring stockholder approval, including the election of
directors, amendment of our certificate of incorporation,
adoption or amendment of equity plans and approval of
significant transactions such as mergers, acquisitions,
consolidations and sales or purchases of assets. In addition, in
the event of a proposed acquisition of the Company by a third
party, this concentration of ownership may delay or prevent a
change of control in us. Accordingly, the interests of these
stockholders may not always coincide with our interests or the
interests of other stockholders, or otherwise be in the best
interests of us or all stockholders.
Our anti-takeover protections may discourage or prevent a
change of control, even if a change in control would be
beneficial to our stockholders. Provisions of our
restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware
law may make it difficult for any party to acquire control of us
in a transaction not approved by our Board of Directors. These
provisions include:
|
|
|
|
|
the ability of our Board of Directors to issue and determine the
terms of preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
advance notice requirements for inclusion of stockholder
proposals at stockholder meetings; and
|
|
|
|
the anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law.
|
These provisions could discourage or prevent a change of control
or change in management that might provide stockholders with a
premium to the market price of their Common Stock.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
There are no unresolved written comments that were received from the SEC staff 180 days or more
before the end of our fiscal year relating to our periodic or current reports under the Exchange
Act.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
We lease 19 domestic and 42 international offices and we have a significant presence in Stamford,
Connecticut, Ft. Myers, Florida and Egham, the United Kingdom. The Company does not currently own
any properties.
Our corporate headquarters is located in approximately 213,000 square feet of leased office space
in three buildings located in Stamford. This facility also accommodates research and analysis,
marketing, sales, client support, production, corporate services, and administration. During 2010,
and as previously disclosed, the Company entered into an amended and restated lease agreement for
the Stamford headquarters facility that provides for a term of fifteen years. The amended lease
also grants the Company three options to renew the lease at fair market value for five years each,
an option to purchase the facility at fair market value, and $25.0 million to be provided by the
landlord to renovate the three buildings and the parking areas comprising the facility. The
renovation work will occur in 2011 and 2012.
Our Ft. Myers location consists of approximately 62,400 square feet of leased office space located
in one building for which the lease expires in January 2013, and we are currently in negotiations
for expanded lease space in this location. Our Egham location has approximately 72,000 square feet
of leased office space in two buildings for which the leases expire in 2020 and 2025, respectively.
Our 58 other domestic and international locations support our research, consulting, domestic and
international sales efforts, and other functions.
We continue to constantly assess our space needs as our business changes. We believe that our
existing facilities and the anticipated expansion in Ft. Myers are adequate for our current and
foreseeable needs. Should additional space be necessary, we believe that it will be available.
12
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
We are involved in various legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of
business. The outcome of these individual matters is not predictable at this time. However, we
believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters, after considering amounts already accrued
and insurance coverage, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results
of operations, or cash flows in future periods.
13
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF
EQUITY SECURITIES.
Our Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol IT. As of January 31,
2011, there were 2,363 holders of record of our Common Stock. Our 2011 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders will be held on June 2, 2011 at the Companys corporate headquarters in Stamford,
Connecticut. We did not submit any matter to a vote of our stockholders during the fourth quarter
of 2010.
The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices for our Common Stock as reported on the
New York Stock Exchange for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
|
High |
|
Low |
|
High |
|
Low |
Quarter ended March 31 |
|
$ |
24.75 |
|
|
$ |
18.07 |
|
|
$ |
18.55 |
|
|
$ |
8.33 |
|
Quarter ended June 30 |
|
|
26.58 |
|
|
|
21.73 |
|
|
|
16.54 |
|
|
|
10.55 |
|
Quarter ended September 30 |
|
|
29.99 |
|
|
|
22.72 |
|
|
|
18.50 |
|
|
|
14.14 |
|
Quarter ended December 31 |
|
|
34.00 |
|
|
|
29.54 |
|
|
|
20.27 |
|
|
|
16.85 |
|
DIVIDEND POLICY
We currently do not pay cash dividends on our Common Stock. In addition, our 2010 Credit Agreement
contains a negative covenant which may limit our ability to pay dividends.
SECURITIES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS
The equity compensation plan information set forth in Part III, Item 12 of this Form 10-K is hereby
incorporated by reference into this Part II, Item 5.
SHARE REPURCHASES
The Company has a $500.0 million share repurchase program which was approved by the Companys Board
of Directors in the third quarter of 2010 and replaced the Companys prior repurchase program.
Repurchases may be made from time-to-time through open market purchases, private transactions,
tender offers or other transactions. The amount and timing of repurchases will be subject to the
availability of stock, prevailing market conditions, the trading price of the stock, the Companys
financial performance and other conditions. Repurchases may also be made from time-to-time in
connection with the settlement of the Companys shared-based compensation awards. Repurchases will
be funded from cash flow from operations or borrowings.
The following table provides detail related to repurchases of our Common Stock in the three months
ended December 31, 2010 pursuant to our share repurchase program and pursuant to the settlement of
share-based compensation awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number |
|
|
Maximum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Shares |
|
|
Approximate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased |
|
|
Dollar Value of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as Part of |
|
|
Shares that May |
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Publicly |
|
|
Yet Be |
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Announced |
|
|
Purchased Under |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Price Paid |
|
|
Plans or |
|
|
the Plans or |
|
|
|
Purchased |
|
|
Per Share |
|
|
Programs |
|
|
Programs |
|
Period |
|
(#) |
|
|
($) |
|
|
(#) |
|
|
($000s) |
|
October |
|
|
43,320 |
|
|
$ |
31.45 |
|
|
|
43,320 |
|
|
|
|
|
November |
|
|
601,295 |
|
|
|
31.83 |
|
|
|
601,295 |
|
|
|
|
|
December |
|
|
85,159 |
|
|
|
33.40 |
|
|
|
85,159 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (1) |
|
|
729,774 |
|
|
$ |
31.99 |
|
|
|
729,774 |
|
|
$ |
481,911 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company repurchased 3,918,719 shares at an average
price of $25.47 per share for a total cost of approximately $99.8 million. |
14
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The fiscal years presented below are for the respective twelve-month period from January 1 through
December 31. Data for all years was derived or compiled from our audited consolidated financial
statements included herein or from submissions of our Form 10-K in prior years. The selected
consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial
statements and related notes contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data) |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research |
|
$ |
865,000 |
|
|
$ |
752,505 |
|
|
$ |
781,581 |
|
|
$ |
683,380 |
|
|
$ |
585,656 |
|
Consulting |
|
|
302,117 |
|
|
|
286,847 |
|
|
|
347,404 |
|
|
|
325,030 |
|
|
|
305,231 |
|
Events |
|
|
121,337 |
|
|
|
100,448 |
|
|
|
150,080 |
|
|
|
160,065 |
|
|
|
146,412 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues |
|
|
1,288,454 |
|
|
|
1,139,800 |
|
|
|
1,279,065 |
|
|
|
1,168,475 |
|
|
|
1,037,299 |
|
Operating income |
|
|
149,265 |
|
|
|
134,477 |
|
|
|
164,368 |
|
|
|
129,458 |
|
|
|
98,039 |
|
Income from continuing operations |
|
|
96,285 |
|
|
|
82,964 |
|
|
|
97,148 |
|
|
|
70,666 |
|
|
|
54,258 |
|
Income from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,723 |
|
|
|
2,887 |
|
|
|
3,934 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
96,285 |
|
|
$ |
82,964 |
|
|
$ |
103,871 |
|
|
$ |
73,553 |
|
|
$ |
58,192 |
|
PER SHARE DATA: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations |
|
$ |
1.01 |
|
|
$ |
0.88 |
|
|
$ |
1.02 |
|
|
$ |
0.68 |
|
|
$ |
0.48 |
|
Income from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.07 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income per share |
|
$ |
1.01 |
|
|
$ |
0.88 |
|
|
$ |
1.09 |
|
|
$ |
0.71 |
|
|
$ |
0.51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations |
|
$ |
0.96 |
|
|
$ |
0.85 |
|
|
$ |
0.98 |
|
|
$ |
0.65 |
|
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
Income from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.07 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income per share |
|
$ |
0.96 |
|
|
$ |
0.85 |
|
|
$ |
1.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.68 |
|
|
$ |
0.50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
95,747 |
|
|
|
94,658 |
|
|
|
95,246 |
|
|
|
103,613 |
|
|
|
113,071 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
99,834 |
|
|
|
97,549 |
|
|
|
99,028 |
|
|
|
108,328 |
|
|
|
116,203 |
|
OTHER DATA: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
120,181 |
|
|
$ |
116,574 |
|
|
$ |
140,929 |
|
|
$ |
109,945 |
|
|
$ |
67,801 |
|
Total assets |
|
|
1,285,658 |
|
|
|
1,215,279 |
|
|
|
1,093,065 |
|
|
|
1,133,210 |
|
|
|
1,039,793 |
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
180,000 |
|
|
|
124,000 |
|
|
|
238,500 |
|
|
|
157,500 |
|
|
|
150,000 |
|
Stockholders equity (deficit) |
|
|
187,056 |
|
|
|
112,535 |
|
|
|
(21,316 |
) |
|
|
17,498 |
|
|
|
26,318 |
|
The following items impact the comparability and presentation of our consolidated data:
|
|
In December 2010 we refinanced our debt (see Note 6 Debt in the Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements). In conjunction with the refinancing, we recorded $3.7 million in
incremental pre-tax charges related to the termination of the previous credit arrangement. |
|
|
In December 2009 we acquired AMR Research, Inc. and Burton Group, Inc. (see Note 2
Acquisitions in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). The results of these
businesses are included beginning on their respective dates of acquisition. For 2010 and 2009,
we recognized $7.9 million and $2.9 million, respectively in pre-tax acquisition and
integration charges related to these acquisitions. |
|
|
In 2008 we sold our Vision Events business, which had been part of our Events segment (see
Note 3 Discontinued Operations in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). The
results of operations of this business and the gain on sale were reported as a discontinued
operation. The statement of operations and per share data for 2007 and 2006 have been restated
to present the results of this business as a discontinued operation. |
|
|
In 2007 we recorded Other charges, which included costs for the settlement of litigation and
severance, on a pre-tax basis, of $9.1 million. |
|
|
We repurchased 3.9 million, 0.3 million, 9.7 million, 8.4 million, and 14.9 million of our
common shares in 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively (see Note 8 Equity in the
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). |
15
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
The purpose of the following Managements Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) is to help facilitate
the understanding of significant factors influencing the operating results, financial condition and
cash flows of Gartner, Inc. Additionally, the MD&A also conveys our expectations of the potential
impact of known trends, events or uncertainties that may impact future results. You should read
this discussion in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes
included in this report. Historical results and percentage relationships are not necessarily
indicative of operating results for future periods. References to the Company, we, our, and
us are to Gartner, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
The following items impact the presentation and discussion of results in this MD&A section:
On December 18, 2009 we acquired AMR Research, Inc. (AMR Research) and on December 30, 2009 we
acquired Burton Group, Inc. (Burton Group) (see Note 2 Acquisitions in the Notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements). The operating results of these businesses have been included in
our consolidated results beginning on their respective dates of acquisition. The results of these
businesses were not material to our consolidated or segment results for 2009.
In 2008 we sold our Vision Events business, which had been part of our Events segment. As a result,
the results of operations for this business for 2008 and earlier periods have been reported as a
discontinued operation (see Note 3 Discontinued Operations in the Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements).
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
In addition to historical information, this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain
forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are any statements other than statements of
historical fact, including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, hopes, intentions or
strategies regarding the future. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by the
use of words such as may, will, expect, should, could, believe, plan, anticipate,
estimate, predict, potential, continue, or other words of similar meaning.
Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results
to differ materially from those discussed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements.
Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed under
Part 1, Item 1A, Risk Factors. Readers should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking
statements, which reflect managements opinion only as of the date on which they were made. Except
as required by law, we disclaim any obligation to review or update these forward-looking statements
to reflect events or circumstances as they occur. Readers should review carefully any risk factors
described in our reports filed with the SEC.
BUSINESS OVERVIEW
Gartner, Inc. is the worlds leading information technology research and advisory company that
helps executives use technology to build, guide and grow their enterprises. We offer independent
and objective research and analysis on the information technology, computer hardware, software,
communications and related technology industries. We provide comprehensive coverage of the IT
industry to 11,601 client organizations, including approximately 400 of the Fortune
500 companies, in 85 countries. Our client base consists primarily of CIOs and other senior IT and
executives from a wide variety of business enterprises, government agencies and the investment
community.
We have three business segments: Research, Consulting and Events.
|
|
Research provides insight for CIOs, other IT executives and professionals, business leaders,
technology companies and the investment community through research reports and briefings,
access to our analysts, as well as peer networking services and membership programs. |
|
|
Consulting consists primarily of consulting engagements that utilize our research insight,
benchmarking data, problem-solving methodologies and hands on experience to improve the return
on an organizations IT investment through assessments of cost, performance, efficiency and
quality. |
|
|
Events consists of various symposia, summits and conferences focused on the IT industry as a
whole, as well as IT applicable to particular industries and particular roles within an
organization. |
16
BUSINESS MEASUREMENTS
We believe the following business measurements are important performance indicators for our
business segments:
|
|
|
BUSINESS SEGMENT |
|
BUSINESS MEASUREMENTS |
Research
|
|
Contract value represents the value attributable to all of our subscription-related
research products that recognize revenue on a ratable basis. Contract value is calculated
as the annualized value of all subscription research contracts in effect at a specific
point in time, without regard to the duration of the contract. |
|
|
Client retention rate represents a measure of client satisfaction and renewed business
relationships at a specific point in time. Client retention is calculated on a percentage
basis by dividing our current clients, who were also clients a year ago, by all clients
from a year ago. |
|
|
Wallet retention rate represents a measure of the amount of contract value we have
retained with clients over a twelve-month period. Wallet retention is calculated on a
percentage basis by dividing the contract value of clients, who were clients one year
earlier, by the total contract value from a year earlier, excluding the impact of foreign
currency exchange. When wallet retention exceeds client retention, it is an indication of
retention of higher-spending clients, or increased spending by retained clients, or both. |
|
|
Number of executive program members represents the number of paid participants in
executive programs. |
|
|
|
Consulting
|
|
Consulting backlog represents future revenue to be derived from in-process consulting,
measurement and strategic advisory services engagements. |
|
|
Utilization rates represent a measure of productivity of our consultants. Utilization
rates are calculated for billable headcount on a percentage basis by dividing total hours
billed by total hours available to bill. |
|
|
Billing Rate represents earned billable revenue divided by total billable hours. |
|
|
Average annualized revenue per billable headcount represents a measure of the revenue
generating ability of an average billable consultant and is calculated periodically by
multiplying the average billing rate per hour times the utilization percentage times the
billable hours available for one year. |
|
|
|
Events
|
|
Number of events represents the total number of hosted events completed during the period. |
|
|
Number of attendees represents the number of people who attend events. |
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL POSITION
The cornerstones of our growth strategy are to focus on producing extraordinary research content,
deliver innovative and highly differentiated product offerings, enhance our sales capability,
provide world class client service, and improve our operational effectiveness.
We had total revenues of $1,288.5 million in 2010, an increase of 13% over the prior year while
diluted earnings per share increased by $.11 per share, to $0.96. Revenues increased across all of
our geographic regions and in all three of our business segments. Total revenues were also up 13%
excluding the impact of foreign currency.
Research revenues rose 15% year-over-year, to $865.00 million in 2010, while the contribution
margin was flat at 65%. At December 31, 2010, Research contract value was almost $978.0 million,
the highest in the Companys history, and an increase of 25% over December 31, 2009. Client
retention was 83% and wallet retention was 98% at December 31, 2010.
Consulting revenues increased 5% over 2009, while the gross contribution margin improved by 1
point. Consultant utilization was 68% for 2010, the same as 2009. We had 473 billable consultants
at December 31, 2010.
Events revenues increased 21% compared to 2009. We held 56 events in 2010, two more than the prior
year, and attendance at our events increased 22%, to 37,219. The segment contribution margin was
46% for 2010, an increase of 5 points over 2009.
For a more detailed discussion of our segment results, see Segment Results below.
We refinanced our debt in late 2010 to take advantage of favorable financing conditions and to
obtain greater financial flexibility and liquidity through a larger revolving credit facility. The
new credit arrangement provides for a five-year, $200.0 million term loan and a $400.0 million
revolving credit facility.
17
Gartner generated over $205.0 million of cash from operating activities in 2010. We had $120.2
million of cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2010, and we had $376.0 million of
available borrowing capacity under our new revolving credit facility. We believe we have a strong
cash position and liquidity.
FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY RESULTS
Our quarterly and annual revenue, operating income, and cash flow fluctuate as a result of many
factors, including: the timing of our SymposiumITxpo series, that normally are held during the
fourth calendar quarter, and other events; the amount of new business generated; the mix of
domestic and international business; changes in market demand for our products and services;
changes in foreign currency rates; the timing of the development, introduction and marketing of new
products and services; competition in the industry; and other factors. The potential fluctuations
in our operating income could cause period-to-period comparisons of operating results not to be
meaningful and could provide an unreliable indication of future operating results.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements requires the application of appropriate accounting policies
and the use of estimates. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 in the Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements. Management considers the policies discussed below to be
critical to an understanding of our financial statements because their application requires complex
and subjective management judgments and estimates. Specific risks for these critical accounting
policies are also described below.
The preparation of our financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions
about future events. We develop our estimates using both current and historical experience, as well
as other factors, including the general economic environment and actions we may take in the future.
We adjust such estimates when facts and circumstances dictate. However, our estimates may involve
significant uncertainties and judgments and cannot be determined with precision. In addition, these
estimates are based on our best judgment at a point in time and as such these estimates may
ultimately differ from actual results. On-going changes in our estimates could be material and
would be reflected in the Companys financial statements in future periods.
Our critical accounting policies are as follows:
Revenue recognition We recognize revenue in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No.
101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements (SAB 101), and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No.
104, Revenue Recognition (SAB 104). Once all required criteria for revenue recognition have been
met, revenue by significant source is accounted for as follows:
|
|
Research revenues are derived from subscription contracts for research products and are
deferred and recognized ratably over the applicable contract term. Fees from research reprints
are recognized when the reprint is shipped. |
|
|
Consulting revenues are principally generated from fixed fee and time and material
engagements. Revenues from fixed fee contracts are recognized on a proportional performance
basis. Revenues from time and materials engagements are recognized as work is delivered and/or
services are provided. Revenues related to contract optimization contracts are contingent in
nature and are only recognized upon satisfaction of all conditions related to their payment. |
|
|
Events revenues are deferred and recognized upon the completion of the related symposium,
conference or exhibition. |
The majority of research contracts are billable upon signing, absent special terms granted on a
limited basis from time to time. All research contracts are non-cancelable and non-refundable,
except for government contracts that may have cancellation or fiscal funding clauses. It is our
policy to record the entire amount of the contract that is billable as a fee receivable at the time
the contract is signed with a corresponding amount as deferred revenue, since the contract
represents a legally enforceable claim.
For those government contracts that permit cancellation, historically we only recorded fees
receivables to the extent amounts were earned and deferred revenue to the extent cash was received.
As of September 30, 2010, based on an analysis of historic contract cancellations, we determined
that the likelihood of such cancellations was remote. Accordingly, as of that date we record the
entire billable contract amount as fees receivable at the time the contract is signed with a
corresponding amount to deferred revenue, consistent with other contracts. This change in estimate
had an immaterial impact.
Uncollectible fees receivable The allowance for losses is composed of a bad debt allowance and a
sales reserve. Provisions are charged against earnings, either as a reduction in revenues or an
increase to expense. The measurement of likely and probable losses
18
and the allowance for losses is based on historical loss experience, aging of outstanding
receivables, an assessment of current economic conditions and the financial health of specific
clients. This evaluation is inherently judgmental and requires material estimates. These valuation
reserves are periodically re-evaluated and adjusted as more information about the ultimate
collectibility of fees receivable becomes available. Circumstances that could cause our valuation
reserves to increase include changes in our clients liquidity and credit quality, other factors
negatively impacting our clients ability to pay their obligations as they come due, and the
effectiveness of our collection efforts.
The following table provides our total fees receivable and the related allowance for losses (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
Total fees receivable |
|
$ |
372,018 |
|
|
$ |
325,698 |
|
Allowance for losses |
|
|
(7,200 |
) |
|
|
(8,100 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees receivable, net |
|
$ |
364,818 |
|
|
$ |
317,598 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets The evaluation of goodwill is performed in
accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC)
Topic 350, which requires goodwill to be assessed for impairment at least annually and whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. In
addition, an impairment evaluation of our amortizable intangible assets is performed on a periodic
basis.
Our annual goodwill assessment requires us to estimate the fair values of our reporting units based
on estimates of future business operations and market and economic conditions in developing
long-term forecasts. If we determine that the fair value of any reporting unit is less than its
carrying amount, we must recognize an impairment charge for a portion of the associated goodwill of
that reporting unit against earnings in our financial statements.
Factors we consider important that could trigger a review for impairment include the following:
|
|
Significant under-performance relative to historical or projected future operating results; |
|
|
Significant changes in the manner of our use of acquired assets or the strategy for our
overall business; |
|
|
Significant negative industry or economic trends; |
|
|
Significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period; and |
|
|
Our market capitalization relative to net book value. |
Due to the numerous variables associated with our judgments and assumptions relating to the
valuation of the reporting units and the effects of changes in circumstances affecting these
valuations, both the precision and reliability of the resulting estimates are subject to
uncertainty, and as additional information becomes known, we may change our estimates.
We completed the required annual goodwill impairment testing in the quarter ended September 30,
2010 and concluded that the fair values of each of the Companys reporting units substantially
exceeded their respective carrying values. In addition, management concluded that none of the
goodwill impairment triggers discussed above occurred in the fourth quarter of 2010. See Note 1
Business and Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for additional goodwill disclosures.
Accounting for income taxes As we prepare our consolidated financial statements, we estimate our
income taxes in each of the jurisdictions where we operate. This process involves estimating our
current tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing
treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets
and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheets. We record a valuation
allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets when future realization is in question. We consider the
availability of loss carryforwards, existing deferred tax liabilities, future taxable income and
ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation
allowance. In the event we determine that we are able to realize our deferred tax assets in the
future in excess of our net recorded amount, an adjustment is made to reduce the valuation
allowance and increase income in the period such determination is made. Likewise, if we determine
that
19
we will not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax asset in the future, an
adjustment to the valuation allowance is charged against income in the period such determination is
made.
Accounting for stock-based compensation The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in
accordance with FASB ASC Topics 505 and 718, as interpreted by SEC Staff Accounting Bulletins No.
107 (SAB No. 107) and No. 110 (SAB No. 110). The Company recognizes stock-based compensation
expense, which is based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant, over the related
service period, net of estimated forfeitures (see Note 9 Stock-Based Compensation in the Notes
to the Consolidated Financial Statements).
Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of stock compensation
awards requires the input of certain highly complex and subjective assumptions, including the
expected life of the stock compensation awards and the Companys Common Stock price volatility. In
addition, determining the appropriate amount of associated periodic expense requires management to
estimate the rate of employee forfeitures and the likelihood of achievement of certain performance
targets. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock compensation awards and the
associated periodic expense represent managements best estimates, but these estimates involve
inherent uncertainties and the application of judgment. As a result, if factors change and the
Company deems it necessary in the future to modify the assumptions it made or to use different
assumptions, or if the quantity and nature of the Companys stock-based compensation awards
changes, then the amount of expense may need to be adjusted and future stock compensation expense
could be materially different from what has been recorded in the current period.
Restructuring and other accruals We may record accruals for severance costs, costs associated
with excess facilities that we have leased, contract terminations, asset impairments, and other
costs as a result of on-going actions we undertake to streamline our organization, reposition
certain businesses and reduce ongoing costs. Estimates of costs to be incurred to complete these
actions, such as future lease payments, sublease income, the fair value of assets, and severance
and related benefits, are based on assumptions at the time the actions are initiated. These
accruals may need to be adjusted to the extent actual costs differ from such estimates. In
addition, these actions may be revised due to changes in business conditions that we did not
foresee at the time such plans were approved.
We also record accruals during the year for our various employee cash incentive programs. Amounts
accrued at the end of each reporting period are based on our estimates and may require adjustment
as the ultimate amount paid for these incentives are sometimes not known with certainty until after
year end.
20
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Overall Results
The following tables summarize the changes in selected line items in our Consolidated Statements of
Operation for the three years ended December 31, 2010 (dollars in thousands):
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
Income |
|
|
Income |
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Increase |
|
|
Increase |
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
(Decrease) |
|
|
(Decrease) |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 (1) |
|
|
$ |
|
|
% |
|
Total revenues |
|
$ |
1,288,454 |
|
|
$ |
1,139,800 |
|
|
$ |
148,654 |
|
|
|
13 |
% |
Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of services & product development |
|
|
552,238 |
|
|
|
498,363 |
|
|
|
(53,875 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
)% |
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
543,174 |
|
|
|
477,003 |
|
|
|
(66,171 |
) |
|
|
(14 |
)% |
Depreciation |
|
|
25,349 |
|
|
|
25,387 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
% |
Amortization of intangibles |
|
|
10,525 |
|
|
|
1,636 |
|
|
|
(8,889 |
) |
|
|
>(100 |
)% |
Acquisition & integration charges |
|
|
7,903 |
|
|
|
2,934 |
|
|
|
(4,969 |
) |
|
|
>(100 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
149,265 |
|
|
|
134,477 |
|
|
|
14,788 |
|
|
|
11 |
% |
Interest expense, net |
|
|
(15,616 |
) |
|
|
(16,032 |
) |
|
|
416 |
|
|
|
3 |
% |
Other income (expense), net |
|
|
436 |
|
|
|
(2,919 |
) |
|
|
3,355 |
|
|
|
>100 |
% |
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
37,800 |
|
|
|
32,562 |
|
|
|
(5,238 |
) |
|
|
(16 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
96,285 |
|
|
$ |
82,964 |
|
|
$ |
13,321 |
|
|
|
16 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
Income |
|
|
Income |
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Increase |
|
|
Increase |
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
(Decrease) |
|
|
(Decrease) |
|
|
|
2009 (1) |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
% |
|
Total revenues |
|
$ |
1,139,800 |
|
|
$ |
1,279,065 |
|
|
$ |
(139,265 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
)% |
Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of services & product development |
|
|
498,363 |
|
|
|
572,208 |
|
|
|
73,845 |
|
|
|
13 |
% |
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
477,003 |
|
|
|
514,994 |
|
|
|
37,991 |
|
|
|
7 |
% |
Depreciation |
|
|
25,387 |
|
|
|
25,880 |
|
|
|
493 |
|
|
|
2 |
% |
Amortization of intangibles |
|
|
1,636 |
|
|
|
1,615 |
|
|
|
(21 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
)% |
Acquisition & integration charges |
|
|
2,934 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,934 |
) |
|
|
(100 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
134,477 |
|
|
|
164,368 |
|
|
|
(29,891 |
) |
|
|
(18 |
)% |
Interest expense, net |
|
|
(16,032 |
) |
|
|
(19,269 |
) |
|
|
3,237 |
|
|
|
17 |
% |
Other expense, net |
|
|
(2,919 |
) |
|
|
(358 |
) |
|
|
(2,561 |
) |
|
|
>(100 |
)% |
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
32,562 |
|
|
|
47,593 |
|
|
|
15,031 |
|
|
|
32 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations |
|
|
82,964 |
|
|
|
97,148 |
|
|
|
(14,184 |
) |
|
|
(15 |
)% |
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,723 |
|
|
|
(6,723 |
) |
|
|
(100 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
82,964 |
|
|
$ |
103,871 |
|
|
$ |
(20,907 |
) |
|
|
(20 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In December 2009 we acquired AMR Research and Burton Group. The operating results of these businesses have been
included in our consolidated results of operations beginning on their respective dates of acquisition. The
results of these businesses were not material to the Companys 2009 consolidated operating results. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes the gain on sale and operating results of the Companys Vision Events business, which was sold in 2008. |
21
2010 VERSUS 2009
TOTAL REVENUES for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 increased $148.7 million, or 13%,
compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2009. Revenues increased across all of our
geographic regions and in all three of our business segments. Total revenues were also up 13%
excluding the impact of foreign currency, which had an immaterial impact year-over-year.
An overview of our results by geographic region follows:
|
|
Revenues from sales to United States and Canadian clients increased 15%, to $765.8 million in
2010 from $663.8 million in 2009, with a substantial portion of
the increase due to the AMR Research and Burton Group businesses. |
|
|
|
Revenues from sales to clients in Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) increased to
$380.8 million in 2010 from $360.8 million in 2009, a 6% increase. |
|
|
|
Revenues from sales to clients in our Other International region increased 23%, to $141.9
million in 2010 from $115.2 million in 2009. |
An overview of our results by segment follows:
|
|
Research revenues increased 15% in 2010, to $865.0 million compared to $752.5 million in
2009, and comprised 67% and 66% of our total revenues in 2010 and 2009, respectively. |
|
|
|
Consulting revenues increased 5% in 2010 to $302.1 million, compared to $286.8 million in
2009, and comprised approximately 23% and 25% of our total revenues in 2010 and 2009,
respectively. |
|
|
|
Events revenues were $121.3 million in 2010, an increase of 21% from $100.4 million in 2009,
and comprised approximately 10% and 9% of our total revenues in 2010 and 2009, respectively. |
Please refer to the section of this MD&A below entitled Segment Results for a further discussion
of revenues and results by segment.
COST OF SERVICES AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT (COS) increased 11% in 2010, or $53.9 million, to $552.2
million compared to $498.4 million in 2009. The impact of foreign currency on the year-over-year
increase was not significant. We recognized $36.8 million in higher payroll, commissions, and
related personnel costs in 2010, primarily due to the impact of the increased headcount from the
AMR Research and Burton Group businesses. We had $12.0 million in higher conference and travel
costs in 2010, due to the additional events we held and increased attendees, as well as a general
increase in travel activity from the depressed 2009 levels, when the Company had strict travel
restrictions in place due to the economic downturn. We also had $2.2 million in higher equity
compensation expense due to a higher level of achievement on performance-based stock units.
Cost of services and product development as a percentage of sales was 43% in 2010 and 44% in 2009,
a 1 point improvement, primarily driven by the substantial increase in our fourth quarter 2010
revenues, which increased 16% over the fourth quarter of 2009, and was substantially greater than
the increase in the quarterly cost of services. The improvement reflects the operating leverage of
our business model.
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE (SG&A) expense increased by $66.2 million in 2010, or 14%, to
$543.2 million from $477.0 million in 2009. Excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange,
SG&A expense increased 13% year-over-year. We had $47.0 million of higher sales commissions,
payroll and benefits, and other personnel charges in 2010, which included the additional headcount
costs attributable to the AMR Research and Burton Group businesses. We also had $4.3 million of
additional stock-based compensation expense due to the higher level of achievement on
performance-based stock units and higher travel charges of $7.1 million, primarily due to
additional sales headcount and the loosening of travel restrictions. The unfavorable impact of
foreign currency added $3.1 million of additional expense.
DEPRECIATION expense decreased slightly year-over-year. Capital spending increased to $21.7 million
in 2010 from $15.1 million in 2009, a 43% increase. The Company had reduced its capital expenditures
in 2009 due to the economic downturn.
AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLES was $10.5 million in 2010 compared to $1.6 million in 2009. The
increase is due to the amortization of the intangibles acquired from AMR Research and Burton Group.
22
ACQUISITION AND INTEGRATION CHARGES was $7.9 million in 2010 and $2.9 million in 2009.
Included is these charges are legal fees and consultant fees in connection with the acquisitions
and integration of AMR Research and Burton Group, as well as severance costs related to redundant
headcount.
OPERATING INCOME increased 11% year-over-year, to $149.3 million in 2010 from $134.5 million in
2009. The increase was due to the significantly higher gross contribution from our three business
segments in 2010, which increased 15% year-over-year, to $742.3 million in 2010 from $642.9 million
in 2009. The increased gross contribution was partially offset by higher charges in 2010 for SG&A
as well as higher intangible amortization and acquisition and integration charges related to our
acquisitions. Operating income as a percentage of revenues was 12% for both 2010 and 2009.
Please refer to the section of this MD&A entitled Segment Results below for a further discussion
of revenues and results by segment.
INTEREST EXPENSE, NET was $15.6 million in 2010 and $16.0 million in 2009, a 3% decline. The 2010
period includes $3.7 million of incremental expense related to the refinancing of our debt in
December 2010 (See Note 6 Debt in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Excluding
the $3.7 million incremental charge, Interest expense, net would have declined approximately 26%
year-over-year, due to lower average debt outstanding and a lower weighted-average rate.
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET was $0.4 million in 2010 and consisted of a $2.4 million gain for an
insurance recovery related to a prior period loss offset by net foreign currency exchange losses.
The $(2.9) expense in 2009 primarily consisted of net foreign currency exchange losses.
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES was $37.8 million in 2010 compared to $32.6 million in 2009 and the
effective tax rate was 28.2% for both periods. Year-over-year increases in the rate attributable to
higher financial statement cost of repatriation and higher net
reserve increases were substantially offset by reductions in the rate year over year attributable to larger releases of valuation
allowances.
The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) has completed its examination of the federal income tax return
of the Company for the tax year ended December 31, 2007. In December 2010, the Company received a
report of the audit findings. The Company disagrees with certain of the proposed adjustments and
intends to vigorously dispute this matter through applicable IRS and judicial procedures, as
appropriate. The Company believes that it has recorded reserves sufficient to cover exposures
related to these issues. However, the resolution of such matters involves uncertainties and there
are no assurances that the ultimate resolution will not exceed the amounts recorded. Although the final resolution of the proposed adjustments is uncertain, we believe the
ultimate disposition of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated
financial position, cash flows, or results of operations.
NET INCOME was $96.3 million in 2010 and $83.0 million in 2009, an increase of $13.3 million, or
16%, primarily due to a $14.8 million year-over-year increase in operating income. We also had a
$0.4 million gain from other income (expense) activity in 2010 compared to a loss of $(2.9) million
in 2009, as well as slightly lower interest expense in 2010. These increases were partially offset
by higher income tax charges in 2010.
Basic earnings per share increased 15% year-over-year while diluted earnings per share increased
13% year-over-year. The increased earnings per share were due to the higher net income in 2010,
which was slightly reduced by higher weighted-average shares outstanding in 2010.
2009 VERSUS 2008
TOTAL REVENUES for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 decreased $139.3 million, or 11%,
compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2008. Revenues declined across all of our
geographic regions and in all three of our business segments. The impact of foreign currency had a
negative impact on our revenues in 2009, and excluding this impact, total revenues in 2009 were
down 8% compared to 2008. Our revenues and operating results were negatively impacted by global
economic conditions in 2009.
An overview of our results by geographic region follows:
|
|
Revenues from sales to United States and Canadian clients decreased 8%, to $663.8 million in
2009 from $723.2 million in 2008. |
|
|
|
Revenues from sales to clients in Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) decreased to
$360.8 million in 2009 from $430.4 million in 2008, a 16% decrease. |
23
|
|
Revenues from sales to clients in our Other International region decreased 8%, to $115.2
million in 2009 from $125.4 million in 2008. |
An overview of our results by segment follows:
|
|
Research revenues decreased 4% in 2009 to $752.5 million compared to $781.6 million in 2008,
and comprised approximately 66% and 61% of our total revenues in 2009 and 2008, respectively. |
|
|
|
Consulting revenues decreased 17% in 2009 to $286.8 million, compared to $347.4 million in
2008, and comprised approximately 25% and 27% of our total revenues in 2009 and 2008,
respectively. |
|
|
|
Events revenues were $100.4 million in 2009, a decrease of 33% from $150.1 million in 2008,
and comprised approximately 9% and 12% of our total revenues in 2009 and 2008, respectively. |
Please refer to the section of this MD&A below entitled Segment Results for a further discussion
of revenues and results by segment.
COST OF SERVICES AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT decreased $73.8 million year-over-year, or 13%. The
favorable impact of foreign currency translation reduced expense by about $19.0 million. We had
lower conference expenses of $18.5 million primarily due to discontinued events. We also had
reduced travel and internal meeting charges of $16.7 million and lower personnel costs of about
$12.5 million, primarily due to our tight cost controls. The remaining $7.1 million net decrease
was spread across a number of other expense categories. Cost of services and product development as
a percentage of sales declined by 1 point, to 44% in 2009 from 45% in 2008, primarily due to tight
expense controls across our businesses.
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE (SG&A) expense decreased by about $38.0 million in 2009, or
7%, compared to 2008, despite increasing our sales force. The impact of foreign currency
translation reduced expense by about $18.0 million. We also had lower travel, internal meeting, and
recruiting costs of about $19.0 million, again due to our tight cost controls. The remaining net
reduction was spread across a number of other expense categories. Excluding the 60 sales associates
that joined us from AMR Research and Burton Group, we had 942 quota-bearing sales associates at
December 31, 2009, a 2% increase from the prior year end. This additional investment in sales
associates resulted in $9.0 million of higher payroll and benefits costs, which was offset by lower
G&A charges.
DEPRECIATION expense decreased 2% year-over-year which reflects reduced capital spending during
2009. Capital spending decreased to $15.1 million in 2009 from $24.3 million in 2008, a 38%
decline, which reflects the Companys reduced 2009 capital expenditures.
AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLES was $1.6 million for both 2009 and 2008.
ACQUISITION AND INTEGRATION CHARGES was $2.9 million in 2009 and zero in 2008. Included is
these charges are legal fees and consultant fees in connection with the acquisitions and
integration of AMR Research and Burton Group, as well as severance costs related to redundant
headcount.
OPERATING INCOME decreased 18% year-over-year, to $134.5 million in 2009 from $164.4 million in
2008. Operating income as a percentage of revenues declined 1 point year-over-year, primarily due
to lower profitability in our Consulting and Events segments and the $2.9 million acquisition and
integration charge related to AMR Research and Burton Group.
Please refer to the section of this MD&A entitled Segment Results below for a further discussion
of revenues and results by segment.
INTEREST EXPENSE, NET was $16.0 million in 2009 and $19.3 million in 2008, a 17% decline. The 2009
period includes $1.1 million of expense related to the discontinuance of hedge accounting on an
interest rate swap contract (See Note 6 Debt in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements). Excluding the $1.1 million charge, Interest expense, net would have declined
approximately 22% year-over-year. The year-over-year decline is primarily attributable to a
reduction in the weighted-average amount of debt outstanding.
24
OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME, NET of $(2.9) million in 2009 consisted of net foreign currency exchange
losses. The $(0.4) million Other expense in 2008 primarily consisted of a $1.2 million gain related
to the settlement of a litigation matter offset by net foreign currency exchange losses.
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES on continuing operations was $32.6 million in 2009 as compared to $47.6
million in 2008. The effective tax rate was 28.2% in 2009 and 32.9% in 2008. The lower effective
tax rate in 2009 as compared to 2008 is attributable to several items. The most significant of
these items include the following: (a) the release of reserves for uncertain tax positions relating
to the expiration of statutes of limitation was larger in 2009 than in 2008 while pretax income was
lower, and (b) differences relating to the taxability of life insurance contracts year-over-year.
INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF TAXES, includes the results of the Companys Vision
Events business, which we sold in early 2008. The $6.7 million of income for 2008 includes a net
gain on sale of approximately $7.1 million and a $(0.4) million operating loss.
NET INCOME was $83.0 million in 2009 and $103.9 million in 2008, a decline of $20.9 million or 20%.
The decline was primarily driven by the reduced contributions by our three business segments in the
2009 period and to a lesser extent, the $2.9 million acquisition and integration charge we recorded
related to AMR Research and Burton Group. These decreases were partially offset by lower SG&A
charges, a lower effective income tax rate, and reduced interest expense. Also contributing to the
year-over-year decline in net income was the $6.7 million net gain from the sale of the Companys
former Vision Events business recorded in the 2008 period.
Basic earnings per share from continuing operations decreased 14% year-over-year. Diluted earnings
per share from continuing operations decreased 13% year-over-year.
SEGMENT RESULTS
We evaluate reportable segment performance and allocate resources based on gross contribution
margin. Gross contribution is defined as operating income excluding certain Cost of services and
product development charges, and SG&A, Depreciation, Acquisition and integration charges,
Amortization of intangibles, and Other charges. Gross contribution margin is defined as gross
contribution as a percentage of revenues.
The following sections present the results of our three segments:
Research
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 vs. 2009 |
|
|
2009 vs. 2008 |
|
|
|
As Of And |
|
|
As Of And |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Of And |
|
|
As Of And |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For The |
|
|
For the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For The |
|
|
For the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage |
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
Increase |
|
|
Increase |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
Increase |
|
|
Increase |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
(Decrease) |
|
|
(Decrease) |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
(Decrease) |
|
|
(Decrease) |
|
Financial Measurements: (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues (2) |
|
$ |
865,000 |
|
|
$ |
752,505 |
|
|
$ |
112,495 |
|
|
|
15 |
% |
|
$ |
752,505 |
|
|
$ |
781,581 |
|
|
$ |
(29,076 |
) |
|
|
(4 |
)% |
Gross contribution (2) |
|
$ |
564,527 |
|
|
$ |
489,862 |
|
|
$ |
74,665 |
|
|
|
15 |
% |
|
$ |
489,862 |
|
|
$ |
495,440 |
|
|
$ |
(5,578 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
)% |
Gross contribution margin |
|
|
65 |
% |
|
|
65 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65 |
% |
|
|
63 |
% |
|
2 points |
|
|
|
|
|
Business Measurements: (3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contract value (2) |
|
$ |
977,710 |
|
|
$ |
784,443 |
|
|
$ |
193,267 |
|
|
|
25 |
% |
|
$ |
784,443 |
|
|
$ |
834,321 |
|
|
$ |
(49,878 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
)% |
Client retention |
|
|
83 |
% |
|
|
78 |
% |
|
5 points |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78 |
% |
|
|
82 |
% |
|
(4) points |
|
|
|
|
|
Wallet retention |
|
|
98 |
% |
|
|
87 |
% |
|
11 points |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87 |
% |
|
|
95 |
% |
|
(8) points |
|
|
|
|
|
Exec. program members |
|
|
4,297 |
|
|
|
3,651 |
|
|
|
646 |
|
|
|
18 |
% |
|
|
3,651 |
|
|
|
3,733 |
|
|
|
(82 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The operating results of AMR Research and Burton Group are included
beginning on their respective dates of acquisition in December 2009.
The operating results of these businesses were not material to the
Research segment in 2009. |
|
(2) |
|
Dollars in thousands. |
|
(3) |
|
The 2009 and 2008 metrics exclude AMR Research and Burton Group. |
25
2010 VERSUS 2009
Research revenues increased 15% in 2010, but excluding the favorable effect of foreign currency
translation, revenues increased 14%. Approximately 39% of the $112.5 million revenue increase was
attributable to the AMR Research and Burton Group businesses. The segment gross contribution margin
was flat at 65%, despite additional headcount expenses from the AMR Research and Burton Group
businesses.
Research contract value was $977.7 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of 25% compared to
December 31, 2009 and the highest reported contract value in the Companys history. Excluding the
favorable impact of foreign currency translation, research contract value increased 20% over 2009.
We attribute the increase to our continuing focus on sales effectiveness and the improving economic
environment. The increase is also due to the AMR Research and Burton Group businesses, which
contributed approximately 30% of the $193.3 million increase in contract value. Client retention
and wallet retention improved 5 points and 11 points, respectively.
2009 VERSUS 2008
Research revenues declined 4% year-over-year, but excluding the unfavorable effect of foreign
currency translation, Research revenues were down about 1%.
In spite of lower revenues, the Research contribution margin increased 2 points year-over-year. The
improved margin was primarily driven by tight cost controls, which resulted in lower costs
concentrated in personnel, travel, and internal meetings, and our ability to implement price
increases for our products.
Contract value decreased 6% when comparing December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2008, but excluding
the impact of foreign currency translation, contract value was down 1% year-over-year.
While down year-over-year, contract value increased $42.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2009, or
6%, with growth across all industries, geographies, and client sizes. We believe the increase
reflects both improved sales effectiveness as well as an improving economic environment.
Consulting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 vs. 2009 |
|
|
2009 vs. 2008 |
|
|
|
As Of And |
|
|
As Of And |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Of And |
|
|
As Of And |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the |
|
|
For the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the |
|
|
For the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage |
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
Increase |
|
|
Increase |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
Increase |
|
|
Increase |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
(Decrease) |
|
|
(Decrease) |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
(Decrease) |
|
|
(Decrease) |
|
Financial Measurements: (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues (2) |
|
$ |
302,117 |
|
|
$ |
286,847 |
|
|
$ |
15,270 |
|
|
|
5 |
% |
|
$ |
286,847 |
|
|
$ |
347,404 |
|
|
$ |
(60,557 |
) |
|
|
(17 |
)% |
Gross contribution (2) |
|
$ |
121,885 |
|
|
$ |
112,099 |
|
|
$ |
9,786 |
|
|
|
9 |
% |
|
$ |
112,099 |
|
|
$ |
141,395 |
|
|
$ |
(29,296 |
) |
|
|
(21 |
)% |
Gross contribution margin |
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
39 |
% |
|
1 point |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39 |
% |
|
|
41 |
% |
|
(2) points |
|
|
|
|
Business Measurements: (3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Backlog (2) |
|
$ |
100,839 |
|
|
$ |
90,891 |
|
|
$ |
9,948 |
|
|
|
11 |
% |
|
$ |
90,891 |
|
|
$ |
97,169 |
|
|
$ |
(6,278 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
)% |
Billable headcount |
|
|
473 |
|
|
|
442 |
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
7 |
% |
|
|
442 |
|
|
|
499 |
|
|
|
(57 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
)% |
Consultant utilization |
|
|
68 |
% |
|
|
68 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68 |
% |
|
|
72 |
% |
|
(4) points |
|
|
|
|
|
Average annualized revenue
per billable headcount (2) |
|
$ |
424 |
|
|
$ |
409 |
|
|
$ |
15 |
|
|
|
4 |
% |
|
$ |
409 |
|
|
$ |
460 |
|
|
$ |
(51 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The operating results of AMR Research and Burton Group are included
beginning on their respective dates of acquisition in December 2009.
The operating results of these businesses were not material to the
Consulting segment in 2009. |
|
(2) |
|
Dollars in thousands. |
|
(3) |
|
The 2009 and 2008 metrics exclude AMR Research and Burton Group. |
26
2010 VERSUS 2009
Consulting revenues increased 5% in 2010, but excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign currency
translation, revenues increased 6%. The AMR Research and Burton Group businesses added
approximately 35% of the $15.3 million revenue increase. The gross contribution margin improved by
1 point, primarily due to additional revenues in our contract optimization and SAS businesses, both
of which have higher margins than core consulting.
Consulting billable headcount was 473 at December 31, 2010, an increase of 7% year-over-year.
Backlog was $100.8 million at December 31, 2010, and increase of $9.9 million or 11% over the prior
year. Backlog increased across all of our geographic regions. The AMR Research and Burton Group
businesses added approximately $0.3 million of the increase.
2009 VERSUS 2008
Consulting revenues declined 17% when comparing 2009 with 2008, with the majority of the decline in
core consulting, and to a lesser extent, in our SAS and contract optimization businesses. The
decline in core consulting was driven by lower headcount, utilization, and billing rates. The
decline in revenue in our contract optimization business reflects a large contract received at the
end of 2008 which was not repeated in 2009. SAS revenues declined due to approximately 17% fewer
fulfilled SAS days. Excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign currency, overall Consulting
revenues were down about 15%.
The 2 point decline in the Consulting contribution margin reflects lower revenue in our SAS and
contract optimization businesses, which have higher margins than core consulting. To a lesser
extent, the decline also reflects lower utilization and billing rates in core consulting.
We ended 2009 with 442 billable consultants, a decline of 11% from the prior year end as we tightly
managed resources to match demand. The decline reflects normal attrition as well as the termination
of approximately 30 consultants in January 2009 to better align our delivery resources with lower
backlog.
Consulting backlog declined 6% year-over-year but increased 7% sequentially in the fourth quarter
of 2009 to $90.9 million, as demand for our consulting services was solid in the U.S. while demand
in Europe lagged.
Events
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 vs. 2009 |
|
|
2009 vs. 2008 |
|
|
|
As Of And |
|
|
As Of And |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Of And |
|
|
As Of And |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the |
|
|
For the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the |
|
|
For the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage |
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
Increase |
|
|
Increase |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
Increase |
|
|
Increase |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
(Decrease) |
|
|
(Decrease) |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
(Decrease) |
|
|
(Decrease) |
|
Financial Measurements: (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues (2) |
|
$ |
121,337 |
|
|
$ |
100,448 |
|
|
$ |
20,889 |
|
|
|
21 |
% |
|
$ |
100,448 |
|
|
$ |
150,080 |
|
|
$ |
(49,632 |
) |
|
|
(33 |
)% |
Gross contribution (2) |
|
$ |
55,884 |
|
|
$ |
40,945 |
|
|
$ |
14,939 |
|
|
|
37 |
% |
|
$ |
40,945 |
|
|
$ |
64,954 |
|
|
$ |
(24,009 |
) |
|
|
(37 |
)% |
Gross contribution margin |
|
|
46 |
% |
|
|
41 |
% |
|
5 points |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41 |
% |
|
|
43 |
% |
|
(2) points |
|
|
|
|
|
Business Measurements: (3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of events |
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
4 |
% |
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
(23 |
)% |
Number of attendees |
|
|
37,219 |
|
|
|
30,610 |
|
|
|
6,609 |
|
|
|
22 |
% |
|
|
30,610 |
|
|
|
41,352 |
|
|
|
(10,742 |
) |
|
|
(26 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The operating results of AMR Research and Burton Group are included
beginning on their respective dates of acquisition in December 2009.
The operating results of these businesses were not material to the
Events segment in 2009. |
|
(2) |
|
Dollars in thousands. |
|
(3) |
|
The 2009 and 2008 metrics exclude AMR Research and Burton Group. |
2010 VERSUS 2009
Events revenues increased $20.9 million in 2010, or 21%, compared to 2009, with little impact from
foreign currency translation. We held 2 additional events in 2010, for a total of 56 events, which
consisted of 48 ongoing events and 8 new event launches. We
27
discontinued 6 events that had been
held in prior years. We had a 22% increase in attendees and a 24% increase in exhibitors, while
average revenue increased 12% for attendees but was down slightly for exhibitors. Revenues
increased $21.1 million and $5.2 million from our ongoing and new events, respectively, which was
partially offset by a $5.4 million revenue loss from discontinued events.
The gross contribution margin increased 5 points, primarily due to higher contribution from our
ongoing events, reflecting the strength in attendee volume and average revenue per attendee as well
as higher exhibitor volume.
2009 VERSUS 2008
Events revenue was down $49.6 million, or 33% in 2009 due to the impact of discontinued events and
a decline in revenue from our on-going events. We held 54 events in 2009, a decline of 16 events
compared to the prior year. The 54 events held in 2009 consisted of 51 on-going events and 3 new
events. The number of attendees at our 51 on-going events was down 12% while the number of
exhibitors was down 31%. Excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign currency, Events revenues were
down 32% year-over-year.
Approximately $24.0 million of the revenue decrease was due to 19 discontinued events, including
our Spring Symposium, which was a significant event in prior years. We discontinued these events in
2009 in response to the difficult operating environment, with tight travel restrictions and budget
cuts at many companies due to the weak economy. We also had a $30.0 million decline in revenue from
our 51 on-going events. These declines were slightly offset by approximately $4.0 million in higher
revenue from new event launches and other miscellaneous events revenues. The Events contribution
margin was down 2 points year-over-year primarily due to lower average attendee and exhibitor
revenue at our 51 on-going events.
While the number of attendees was down significantly year-over-year, this trend began to show
improvement in the fourth quarter of 2009 with attendance at our on-going events up 2%. We also
began to see improvement in exhibitor participation. We believe these trends reflect a loosening of
corporate travel budgets, resumed growth in marketing spend by technology companies, and our
continuing efforts to increase client retention by enhancing the value and experience that our
clients derive from our events.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
On December 22, 2010, the Company entered into a new credit facility with a syndication of banks
led by JPMorgan Chase to take advantage of favorable financing conditions and to obtain greater
financial flexibility and liquidity through a larger revolving credit facility. The new credit
arrangement provides for a five-year, $200.0 million term loan and a $400.0 million revolving
credit facility. The new credit facility contains an expansion feature by which the term loan and
revolving credit facility may be increased, at the Companys option and under certain conditions,
by up to an additional $150.0 million in the aggregate.
We finance our operations primarily through cash generated from our on-going operating activities,
and our 2010 operating cash flow increased 27% over the prior year. As of December 31, 2010, we had
$120.2 million of cash and cash equivalents and $376.0 million of available borrowing capacity
under our revolving credit facility. Our cash and cash equivalents are held in numerous locations
throughout the world, with approximately 75% held outside the United States as of December 31,
2010.
We believe that we have adequate liquidity and that the cash we expect to earn from our on-going
operating activities, our existing cash balances, and the expanded borrowing capacity we have under
our revolving credit facility will be sufficient for our expected short-term and foreseeable
long-term operating needs.
The following table summarizes the Companys changes in cash and cash equivalents for the three
years ending December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 vs. 2009 |
|
|
2009 vs. 2008 |
|
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
Twelve Months |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Dollar |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Dollar |
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
Increase |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
Increase |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
(Decrease) |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
(Decrease) |
|
Cash provided by operating activities |
|
$ |
205,499 |
|
|
$ |
161,937 |
|
|
$ |
43,562 |
|
|
$ |
161,937 |
|
|
$ |
184,350 |
|
|
$ |
(22,413 |
) |
Cash used by investing activities |
|
|
(33,845 |
) |
|
|
(119,665 |
) |
|
|
85,820 |
|
|
|
(119,665 |
) |
|
|
(16,455 |
) |
|
|
(103,210 |
) |
Cash used in financing activities |
|
|
(171,556 |
) |
|
|
(73,780 |
) |
|
|
(97,776 |
) |
|
|
(73,780 |
) |
|
|
(119,835 |
) |
|
|
46,055 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) |
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
(31,508 |
) |
|
|
31,606 |
|
|
|
(31,508 |
) |
|
|
48,060 |
|
|
|
(79,568 |
) |
Effects of exchange rates |
|
|
3,509 |
|
|
|
7,153 |
|
|
|
(3,644 |
) |
|
|
7,153 |
|
|
|
(17,076 |
) |
|
|
24,229 |
|
Beginning cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
116,574 |
|
|
|
140,929 |
|
|
|
(24,355 |
) |
|
|
140,929 |
|
|
|
109,945 |
|
|
|
30,984 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
120,181 |
|
|
$ |
116,574 |
|
|
$ |
3,607 |
|
|
$ |
116,574 |
|
|
$ |
140,929 |
|
|
$ |
(24,355 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
2010 VERSUS 2009
Operating
Our 2010 operating cash flow increased by $43.6 million, or 27%, primarily due to the $13.3 million
increase in net income, a $9.0 million decrease in cash payments for income taxes, and a $12.1
million decrease in payments for severance, interest payments on our debt, and excess facilities.
We also received $2.4 million in cash in 2010 from an insurance recovery, and approximately $19.8
million of improvements in our working capital accounts, which includes increased cash collections
on our receivables. Partially offsetting these increases were $8.0 million in acquisition and
integration payments made in 2010 related to the acquisitions of AMR Research and Burton Group and
$5.0 million more in 2010 bonus payments.
Investing
Cash used in our investing activities declined by $85.8 million in 2010 due to the acquisitions of
AMR Research and Burton Group in 2009. We paid $104.5 million in cash for these acquisitions in
December 2009 and an additional $12.2 million in January 2010. We used $21.7 million of cash in
2010 for capital expenditures compared to $15.1 million in the 2009 period, an increase of $6.6
million, or 43%.
Financing
Cash used in our financing activities was $97.8 million higher in 2010 compared to 2009, with a
total of $171.6 million used in 2010 compared to $73.8 million used in 2009. The additional cash
used was due to higher debt repayments and additional share repurchases in 2010.
On a net basis, we repaid $108.8 million of debt in 2010 compared to $87.3 million in the prior
year, an increase in cash used of $21.6 million. We used $99.8 million of cash for share
repurchases in 2010 compared to $3.7 million in 2009, an increase in cash used of $96.1 million. We
also paid $4.8 million in cash in 2010 for fees related to our debt refinancing. Partially
offsetting these higher uses of cash was an additional $24.7 million in cash realized from option
exercises and excess tax benefits as a higher average stock price in 2010 resulted in a
significantly increased number of option exercises.
2009 VERSUS 2008
Operating
Our operating cash flow decreased by 12% in 2009, or $22.4 million. We had a decline of
approximately $23.0 million in cash from our core operations, along with $14.5 million more in cash
taxes paid and $8.0 million in higher severance payments due to the workforce reduction completed
in early January 2009. Partially offsetting the declines were $14.8 million in lower interest
payments on our debt, bonus payments, and payments on our excess facilities, and an $8.3 million
improvement in working capital. The improved working capital primarily reflects improved cash
collection on receivables.
Investing
We used an additional $103.2 million of cash in our investing activities in 2009 due to the $104.5
million of cash used for the acquisitions of AMR Research and Burton Group. We had $15.1 million of
capital expenditures in 2009, a decline of 38% compared to the $24.3 million of capital
expenditures in 2008. The decline reflects the Companys tight focus on reducing costs. We also
realized $7.8 million of cash proceeds in 2008 from the sale of our Vision Events business.
Financing
Cash used in financing activities declined by $46.1 million, primarily due to a significant decline
in the use of cash for stock repurchases. Cash used for stock repurchases declined by about $197.1
million. Offsetting the decline in cash used for share repurchases was an increase in the use of
cash to repay debt of about $108.7 million and a decline in cash proceeds from option exercises and
excess tax benefits from equity compensation of approximately $42.3 million.
29
OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS
At December 31, 2010, we had $220.0 million outstanding under our 2010 Credit Agreement which
provides for a five-year, $200.0 million term loan and a $400.0 million revolving credit facility.
The 2010 Credit Agreement contains an expansion feature by which the term loan and revolving credit
facility may be increased, at the Companys option and under certain conditions, by up to an
additional $150.0 million in the aggregate.
The term loan will be repaid in 19 consecutive quarterly installments commencing March 31, 2011,
plus a final payment due on December 22, 2015, and may be prepaid at any time without penalty or
premium at the Companys option. The revolving credit facility may be used for loans, and up to
$40.0 million may be used for letters of credit. The revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and
re-borrowed until December 22, 2015, at which time all amounts borrowed must be repaid. See Note 6
Debt in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding
the 2010 Credit Agreement.
Commitments
The following table presents our contractual cash commitments due after December 31, 2010 (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than |
|
|
2-3 |
|
|
4-5 |
|
|
More Than |
|
|
|
|
Commitment Type: |
|
1 Year |
|
|
Years |
|
|
Years |
|
|
5 Years |
|
|
Total |
|
Operating leases (1) |
|
$ |
30,775 |
|
|
$ |
43,300 |
|
|
$ |
27,875 |
|
|
$ |
66,640 |
|
|
$ |
168,590 |
|
Debt outstanding (2) |
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
70,000 |
|
|
|
130,156 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
220,156 |
|
Deferred compensation arrangement (3) |
|
|
1,930 |
|
|
|
4,230 |
|
|
|
2,865 |
|
|
|
17,265 |
|
|
|
26,290 |
|
Tax liabilities (4) |
|
|
1,275 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,275 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Totals |
|
$ |
53,980 |
|
|
$ |
117,530 |
|
|
$ |
160,896 |
|
|
$ |
83,905 |
|
|
$ |
416,311 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The Company leases various facilities, furniture, and computer equipment expiring between 2011 and 2025. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents amounts due under the 2010 Credit Agreement. Amounts drawn under the revolver credit
arrangement have been classified in the 4-5 Years category since the amounts are not contractually due
until December 2015.
|
|
|
|
Interest payments on our outstanding debt are excluded from the amounts payable due to the variable
nature of the interest rates and resulting payment amounts. Information regarding current interest
rates on the Companys debt is contained in Note 6 Debt in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we paid cash interest on our debt of
$11.5 million, $13.9 million, and $22.4 million, respectively. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents the Companys liability to participants in the supplemental deferred compensation
arrangement. Amounts payable to active employees whose payment date is unknown have been included in
the More Than 5 Years category since the Company cannot determine when the amounts will be paid. |
|
(4) |
|
Includes interest and penalties. In addition to the $1.3 million liability, approximately $15.8 million
of unrecognized tax benefits have been recorded as liabilities, and we are uncertain as to if or when
such amounts may be settled. Related to the unrecognized tax benefits not included in the table, the
Company has also recorded a liability for potential interest and penalties of $2.5 million. |
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables present our quarterly operating results for the two year period ended December
31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data) |
|
First |
|
|
Second |
|
|
Third |
|
|
Fourth |
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
295,833 |
|
|
$ |
314,195 |
|
|
$ |
296,122 |
|
|
$ |
382,304 |
|
Operating income |
|
|
29,198 |
|
|
|
34,230 |
|
|
|
32,763 |
|
|
|
53,074 |
|
Net income |
|
|
19,403 |
|
|
|
20,113 |
|
|
|
20,075 |
|
|
|
36,694 |
|
Net income per share (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
$ |
0.21 |
|
|
$ |
0.21 |
|
|
$ |
0.38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.19 |
|
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
$ |
0.20 |
|
|
$ |
0.37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data) |
|
First |
|
|
Second |
|
|
Third |
|
|
Fourth |
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
273,533 |
|
|
$ |
269,971 |
|
|
$ |
267,469 |
|
|
$ |
328,827 |
|
Operating income |
|
|
34,451 |
|
|
|
30,761 |
|
|
|
27,521 |
|
|
|
41,744 |
|
Net income |
|
|
19,996 |
|
|
|
17,185 |
|
|
|
20,067 |
|
|
|
25,716 |
|
Net income per share (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.21 |
|
|
$ |
0.18 |
|
|
$ |
0.21 |
|
|
$ |
0.27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.21 |
|
|
$ |
0.18 |
|
|
$ |
0.21 |
|
|
$ |
0.26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The aggregate of the four quarters basic and diluted earnings per
common share may not equal the reported full calendar year amounts due
to the effects of share repurchases, dilutive equity compensation, and
rounding. |
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
Accounting guidance issued by the various standard setting and governmental authorities that have
not yet become effective with respect to our Consolidated Financial Statements are described below,
together with our assessment of the potential impact they may have on our Consolidated Financial
Statements:
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. ASU
2010-06 requires fair value hierarchy disclosures to be further disaggregated by class of assets
and liabilities. A class is often a subset of assets or liabilities within a line item in the
balance sheet. In addition, significant transfers between Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value
hierarchy are required to be disclosed. These additional disclosure requirements became effective
January 1, 2010. In general, we do not anticipate transfers between the different levels of the
fair value hierarchy, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, there were none. Our required fair
value disclosures are presented in Note 12 Fair Value Disclosures, herein in the Notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements. Beginning January 1, 2011, the FASB will also require additional
disclosures regarding changes in Level 3 instruments. The Company currently does not have any Level
3 instruments.
In September 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.
ASU 2009-13 requires companies to allocate revenue in arrangements involving multiple deliverables
based on the estimated selling price of each deliverable, even though such deliverables are not
sold separately either by the company itself or other vendors. ASU 2009-13 eliminates the
requirement that all undelivered elements must have objective and reliable evidence of fair value
before a company can recognize the portion of the overall arrangement fee that is attributable to
items that already have been delivered. As a result, the new guidance is expected to allow some
companies to recognize revenue on transactions that involve multiple deliverables earlier than
under current requirements. ASU 2009-13 will be effective for Gartner beginning January 1, 2011.
The Companys multiple revenue arrangements are limited and as a result we do not expect any impact
on our Consolidated Statement of Operations related to the adoption of this guidance.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
INTEREST RATE RISK
We have exposure to changes in interest rates arising from borrowings under our 2010 Credit
Agreement, and at December 31, 2010 we had $200.0 million outstanding under the term loan and $20.0
million outstanding under the revolver. Borrowings under this facility are floating rate, which may
be either prime-based or Eurodollar-based. Interest rates under these borrowings include a base
rate plus a margin between 0.50% and 1.25% on prime borrowings and between 1.50% and 2.25% on
Eurodollar-based borrowings.
As of December 31, 2010, the annualized interest rate on the term loan was 2.30%, which consisted
of a 0.3% three-month Eurodollar base rate plus a margin of 2.0%, and 2.26% on the revolver, which
consisted of a 0.26% one-month Eurodollar base rate plus a margin of 2.0%. We have an interest rate swap contract which effectively converts the floating base rate
on the first $200.0 million of our borrowings to a 2.26% fixed rate.
The Company only hedges the base interest rate risk on the first $200.0 million of its outstanding
borrowings. Accordingly, we are exposed to interest rate risk on borrowings in excess of $200.0
million. A 25 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates would change pre-tax annual
interest expense on the additional $400.0 million borrowing capacity under the 2010 Credit
Agreement by approximately $1.0 million.
31
FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RISK
We have customers in 85 countries and 44% and 45% of our revenues for 2010 and 2009, respectively,
were derived from sales outside of the U.S. As a result we conduct business in numerous currencies
other than the U.S dollar. Among the major foreign currencies in which we conduct business are the
Euro, the British Pound, the Japanese Yen, the Australian dollar, and the Canadian dollar. Our
foreign currency exposure results in both translation risk and transaction risk:
TRANSLATION RISK
We are exposed to foreign currency translation risk since the functional currencies of our foreign
operations are generally denominated in the local currency. Translation risk arises since the
assets and liabilities that we report for our foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars
at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates, and these exchange rates fluctuate over
time. These foreign currency translation adjustments are deferred and are recorded as a component
of stockholders equity and do not impact our operating results.
A measure of the potential impact of foreign currency translation on our Condensed Consolidated
Balance Sheets can be determined through a sensitivity analysis of our cash and cash equivalents.
As of December 31, 2010, we had over $120.0 million of cash and cash equivalents, a substantial
portion of which was denominated in foreign currencies. If the foreign exchange rates of the major
currencies in which we operate changed in comparison to the U.S. dollar by 10%, the amount of cash
and cash equivalents we would have reported on December 31, 2010 would have increased or decreased
by approximately $5.0 million.
Because our foreign subsidiaries generally operate in a local functional currency that differs from
the U.S. dollar, revenues and expenses in these foreign currencies translate into higher or lower
revenues and expenses in U.S. dollars as the U.S. dollar continuously weakens or strengthens
against these other currencies. Therefore, changes in exchange rates may affect our consolidated
revenues and expenses (as expressed in U.S. dollars) from foreign operations. Historically, this
impact on our consolidated earnings has not been material since foreign currency movements in the
major currencies in which we operate tend to impact our revenues and expenses fairly equally.
TRANSACTION RISK
We also have foreign exchange transaction risk since we typically enter into transactions in the
normal course of business that are denominated in foreign currencies that differ from the local
functional currency in which the foreign subsidiary operates.
We typically enter into foreign currency forward exchange contracts to offset the effects of
foreign currency transaction risk. These contracts are normally short term in duration and
unrealized and realized gains and losses are recognized in current period earnings. At December 31,
2010, we had 63 outstanding foreign currency forward contracts with a total notional amount of
$250.2 million and a net unrealized gain of $0.6 million. All of these contracts matured by the end
of January 2011.
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist
primarily of short-term, highly liquid investments classified as cash equivalents, accounts
receivable, and interest rate swap contracts. The majority of the Companys cash and cash
equivalents and its interest rate swap contract are with investment grade commercial banks that are
participants in the Companys 2010 Credit Agreement. Accounts receivable balances deemed to be
collectible from customers have limited concentration of credit risk due to our diverse customer
base and geographic dispersion.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
Our consolidated financial statements for 2010, 2009, and 2008, together with the reports of KPMG
LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, are included herein in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
None.
32
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Management
conducted an evaluation, as of December 31, 2010, of the effectiveness of the design and
operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, (as such term is defined in Rules 13a- 15(e)
and 15d- 15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act)) under the
supervision and with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer.
Based upon that evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have concluded
that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in alerting them in a timely manner to
material Company information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed or submitted under the
Act.
MANAGEMENTS ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Gartner management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Gartners internal
control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods
are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions and
that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management assessed
the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2010. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in the Internal Control-Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
Managements assessment was reviewed with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.
Based on its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management has concluded
that, as of December 31, 2010, Gartners internal control over financial reporting was effective.
The effectiveness of managements internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010
has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their
report which is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K in Part IV, Item 15.
CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting during the quarter ended
December 31, 2010 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our
internal controls over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Not applicable.
33
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth under the captions
Proposal One: Election of Directors, Executive Officers, Corporate Governance, Section 16(a)
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance and Miscellaneous Available Information in the
Companys Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC no later than April 30, 2011. If the Proxy
Statement is not filed with the SEC by April 30, 2011, such information will be included in an
amendment to this Annual Report filed by April 30, 2011. See also Item 1. Business Available
Information.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item is incorporated by reference from
the information set forth under the caption Executive Compensation in the Companys Proxy
Statement to be filed with the SEC no later than April 30, 2011. If the Proxy Statement is not
filed with the SEC by April 30, 2011, such information will be included in an amendment to this
Annual Report filed by April 30, 2011.
ITEM
12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS.
The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth under the caption
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management in the Companys Proxy Statement
to be filed with the SEC by April 30, 2011. If the Proxy Statement is not filed with the SEC by
April 30, 2011, such information will be included in an amendment to this Annual Report filed by
April 30, 2011.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.
The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth under the captions
Transactions With Related Persons and Corporate Governance Director Independence in the
Companys Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC by April 30, 2011. If the Proxy Statement is not
filed with the SEC by April 30, 2011, such information will be included in an amendment to this
Annual Report filed by April 30, 2011.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.
The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth under the caption
Principal Accountant Fees and Services in the Companys Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC
no later than April 30, 2011. If the Proxy Statement is not filed with the SEC by April 30, 2011,
such information will be included in an amendment to this Annual Report filed by April 30, 2011.
34
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a) 1. and 2. Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules
The reports of our independent registered public accounting firm and consolidated financial
statements listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements herein are filed as part of
this report.
All financial statement schedules not listed in the Index have been omitted because the information
required is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
3. Exhibits
|
|
|
EXHIBIT |
|
|
NUMBER |
|
DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT |
|
|
|
3.1a(1)
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company. |
|
|
|
3.2(2)
|
|
Bylaws as amended through May 1, 2007. |
|
|
|
4.1(1)
|
|
Form of Certificate for Common Stock as of June 2, 2005. |
|
|
|
4.2*
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2010, among the Company, the several lenders from
time to time parties thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent |
|
|
|
10.1(3)
|
|
Lease dated April 16, 2010 between Soundview Farms and the Company for premises at 56 Top
Gallant Road, 70 Gatehouse Road, and 88 Gatehouse Road, Stamford, Connecticut. |
|
|
|
10.2(3)
|
|
First Amendment to Lease dated April 16, 2010 between Soundview Farms and the Company for
premises at 56 Top Gallant Road, 70 Gatehouse Road, and 88 Gatehouse Road, Stamford,
Connecticut. |
|
|
|
10.3(4)+
|
|
1991 Stock Option Plan as amended and restated on October 19, 1999. |
|
|
|
10.4(5)+
|
|
2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated effective June 1, 2008. |
|
|
|
10.5(6)+
|
|
1999 Stock Option Plan. |
|
|
|
10.6(7)+
|
|
2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated on June 4, 2009. |
|
|
|
10.7(8)+
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Eugene A. Hall and the Company dated as of
December 31, 2008. |
|
|
|
10.8(8)+
|
|
Company Deferred Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 2009. |
|
|
|
10.9(9)+
|
|
Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for executive officers. |
|
|
|
10.10(9)+
|
|
Form of Performance Stock Unit Agreement for executive officers. |
|
|
|
21.1*
|
|
Subsidiaries of Registrant. |
|
|
|
23.1*
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
|
|
|
24.1
|
|
Power of Attorney (see Signature Page). |
|
|
|
31.1*
|
|
Certification of chief executive officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
|
31.2*
|
|
Certification of chief financial officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
|
32*
|
|
Certification under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
|
|
|
* |
|
Filed with this document. |
35
|
|
|
+ |
|
Management compensation plan or arrangement. |
|
(1) |
|
Incorporated by reference from the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 29, 2005 as filed on July 6, 2005. |
|
(2) |
|
Incorporated by reference from the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 3, 2007 as filed on May 3, 2007. |
|
(3) |
|
Incorporated by reference from the Companys Quarterly Report on form 10-Q as filed on August 9, 2010 |
|
(4) |
|
Incorporated by reference from the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on December 22, 1999. |
|
(5) |
|
Incorporated by reference from the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q as filed on May 8, 2008. |
|
(6) |
|
Incorporated by reference from the Companys Form S-8 as filed on February 16, 2000. |
|
(7) |
|
Incorporated by reference from the Companys Proxy Statement (Schedule 14A) as filed on April 21, 2009. |
|
(8) |
|
Incorporated by reference from the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed on February 20, 2009. |
|
(9) |
|
Incorporated by reference from the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 10, 2010 as filed on February
16, 2010. |
36
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
GARTNER, INC.
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
All financial statement schedules have been omitted because the information required is not
applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
37
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Gartner, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Gartner, Inc. and subsidiaries (the
Company) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
stockholders equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the
years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are
the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Gartner, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010
and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the Companys internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated
February 15, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal
control over financial reporting.
/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
February 15, 2011
38
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Gartner, Inc.:
We have audited Gartner, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
The Companys management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial
reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting,
included in the accompanying Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Companys internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing
and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed
risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A
companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Gartner, Inc. and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders
equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 2010, and our report dated February 15, 2011 expressed an
unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
February 15, 2011
39
GARTNER, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
120,181 |
|
|
$ |
116,574 |
|
Fees receivable, net of allowances of $7,200 and $8,100 respectively |
|
|
364,818 |
|
|
|
317,598 |
|
Deferred commissions |
|
|
71,955 |
|
|
|
70,253 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
64,148 |
|
|
|
53,400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
621,102 |
|
|
|
557,825 |
|
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net |
|
|
47,614 |
|
|
|
52,466 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
510,265 |
|
|
|
513,612 |
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
|
13,584 |
|
|
|
24,113 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
93,093 |
|
|
|
67,263 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets |
|
$ |
1,285,658 |
|
|
$ |
1,215,279 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
|
$ |
247,733 |
|
|
$ |
255,966 |
|
Deferred revenues |
|
|
523,263 |
|
|
|
437,207 |
|
Current portion of long-term debt |
|
|
40,156 |
|
|
|
205,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
811,152 |
|
|
|
898,173 |
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
180,000 |
|
|
|
124,000 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
107,450 |
|
|
|
80,571 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
1,098,602 |
|
|
|
1,102,744 |
|
Stockholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$.01 par value, authorized 5,000,000 shares; none issued or outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$.0005 par value, authorized 250,000,000 shares for both periods;
156,234,415 shares issued for both periods |
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
78 |
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
611,782 |
|
|
|
590,864 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net |
|
|
14,638 |
|
|
|
11,322 |
|
Accumulated earnings |
|
|
605,677 |
|
|
|
509,392 |
|
Treasury stock, at cost, 60,245,718 and 60,356,672 common shares, respectively |
|
(1,045,119) |
|
|
(999,121 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity |
|
|
187,056 |
|
|
|
112,535 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Stockholders Equity |
|
$ |
1,285,658 |
|
|
$ |
1,215,279 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
40
GARTNER, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research |
|
$ |
865,000 |
|
|
$ |
752,505 |
|
|
$ |
781,581 |
|
Consulting |
|
|
302,117 |
|
|
|
286,847 |
|
|
|
347,404 |
|
Events |
|
|
121,337 |
|
|
|
100,448 |
|
|
|
150,080 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues |
|
|
1,288,454 |
|
|
|
1,139,800 |
|
|
|
1,279,065 |
|
Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of services and product development |
|
|
552,238 |
|
|
|
498,363 |
|
|
|
572,208 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
543,174 |
|
|
|
477,003 |
|
|
|
514,994 |
|
Depreciation |
|
|
25,349 |
|
|
|
25,387 |
|
|
|
25,880 |
|
Amortization of intangibles |
|
|
10,525 |
|
|
|
1,636 |
|
|
|
1,615 |
|
Acquisition and integration charges |
|
|
7,903 |
|
|
|
2,934 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses |
|
|
1,139,189 |
|
|
|
1,005,323 |
|
|
|
1,114,697 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
149,265 |
|
|
|
134,477 |
|
|
|
164,368 |
|
Interest income |
|
|
1,156 |
|
|
|
830 |
|
|
|
3,121 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(16,772 |
) |
|
|
(16,862 |
) |
|
|
(22,390 |
) |
Other income (expense), net |
|
|
436 |
|
|
|
(2,919 |
) |
|
|
(358 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
134,085 |
|
|
|
115,526 |
|
|
|
144,741 |
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
37,800 |
|
|
|
32,562 |
|
|
|
47,593 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations |
|
|
96,285 |
|
|
|
82,964 |
|
|
|
97,148 |
|
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,723 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
96,285 |
|
|
$ |
82,964 |
|
|
$ |
103,871 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations |
|
$ |
1.01 |
|
|
$ |
0.88 |
|
|
$ |
1.02 |
|
Income from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.07 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.01 |
|
|
$ |
0.88 |
|
|
$ |
1.09 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations |
|
$ |
0.96 |
|
|
$ |
0.85 |
|
|
$ |
0.98 |
|
Income from discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.07 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.96 |
|
|
$ |
0.85 |
|
|
$ |
1.05 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
95,747 |
|
|
|
94,658 |
|
|
|
95,246 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
99,834 |
|
|
|
97,549 |
|
|
|
99,028 |
|
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
41
GARTNER, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY (DEFICIT) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(IN THOUSANDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional |
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders |
|
|
|
Common |
|
|
Paid-In |
|
|
Income |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Treasury |
|
|
Equity |
|
|
|
Stock |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
(Loss), Net |
|
|
Earnings |
|
|
Stock |
|
|
(Deficit) |
|
Balance at December 31, 2007 |
|
$ |
78 |
|
|
$ |
545,268 |
|
|
$ |
23,641 |
|
|
$ |
322,557 |
|
|
$ |
(874,046 |
) |
|
$ |
17,498 |
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103,871 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103,871 |
|
Other comprehensive loss: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20,497 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20,497 |
) |
Interest rate swaps, net of tax |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,060 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,060 |
) |
Pension unrecognized gain, net
of tax |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,175 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,175 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25,382 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25,382 |
) |
Comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78,489 |
|
Issuances under stock plans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,128 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,874 |
|
|
|
45,746 |
|
Excess tax benefits from stock
compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,831 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,831 |
|
Purchase of shares for treasury |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(198,576 |
) |
|
|
(198,576 |
) |
Stock compensation expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,696 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,696 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008 |
|
$ |
78 |
|
|
$ |
570,667 |
|
|
$ |
(1,741 |
) |
|
$ |
426,428 |
|
|
$ |
(1,016,748 |
) |
|
$ |
(21,316 |
) |
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82,964 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82,964 |
|
Other comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,088 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,088 |
|
Interest rate swaps, net of tax |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,535 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,535 |
|
Pension unrecognized gain, net of tax |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
440 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
440 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,063 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,063 |
|
Comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96,027 |
|
Issuances under stock plans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,522 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,371 |
|
|
|
14,849 |
|
Excess tax benefits from stock
compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
653 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
653 |
|
Purchase of shares for treasury |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,744 |
) |
|
|
(3,744 |
) |
Stock compensation expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,066 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,066 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009 |
|
$ |
78 |
|
|
$ |
590,864 |
|
|
$ |
11,322 |
|
|
$ |
509,392 |
|
|
$ |
(999,121 |
) |
|
$ |
112,535 |
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96,285 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96,285 |
|
Other comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
582 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
582 |
|
Interest rate swaps, net of tax |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,746 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,746 |
|
Pension unrecognized gain, net of tax |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,012 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,012 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,316 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,316 |
|
Comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99,601 |
|
Issuances under stock plans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30,254 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53,822 |
|
|
|
23,568 |
|
Excess tax benefits from stock
compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,520 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,520 |
|
Purchase of shares for treasury |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(99,820 |
) |
|
|
(99,820 |
) |
Stock compensation expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,652 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,652 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010 |
|
$ |
78 |
|
|
$ |
611,782 |
|
|
$ |
14,638 |
|
|
$ |
605,677 |
|
|
$ |
(1,045,119 |
) |
|
$ |
187,056 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
42
GARTNER, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
96,285 |
|
|
$ |
82,964 |
|
|
$ |
103,871 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles |
|
|
35,874 |
|
|
|
27,023 |
|
|
|
27,495 |
|
Stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
32,634 |
|
|
|
26,066 |
|
|
|
20,696 |
|
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
(18,364 |
) |
|
|
(2,392 |
) |
|
|
(14,831 |
) |
Deferred taxes |
|
|
(2,609 |
) |
|
|
5,003 |
|
|
|
2,617 |
|
Amortization and write-off of debt issue costs |
|
|
1,567 |
|
|
|
1,480 |
|
|
|
1,222 |
|
Gain on sale of business |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,061 |
) |
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees receivable, net |
|
|
(48,177 |
) |
|
|
25,349 |
|
|
|
20,987 |
|
Deferred commissions |
|
|
(2,184 |
) |
|
|
(16,750 |
) |
|
|
(1,403 |
) |
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
(376 |
) |
|
|
13,059 |
|
|
|
(21 |
) |
Other assets |
|
|
(34,130 |
) |
|
|
532 |
|
|
|
2,907 |
|
Deferred revenues |
|
|
85,336 |
|
|
|
5,101 |
|
|
|
(308 |
) |
Accounts payable, accrued, and other liabilities |
|
|
59,643 |
|
|
|
(5,498 |
) |
|
|
28,179 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
205,499 |
|
|
|
161,937 |
|
|
|
184,350 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions to property, equipment and leasehold improvements |
|
|
(21,694 |
) |
|
|
(15,142 |
) |
|
|
(24,302 |
) |
Acquisitions (net of cash received) |
|
|
(12,151 |
) |
|
|
(104,523 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Net proceeds from sale of business |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,847 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(33,845 |
) |
|
|
(119,665 |
) |
|
|
(16,455 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from stock issued for stock plans |
|
|
23,527 |
|
|
|
14,822 |
|
|
|
44,702 |
|
Proceeds from debt issuance |
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
78,000 |
|
|
|
180,000 |
|
Payments for debt issuance costs |
|
|
(4,783 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(801 |
) |
Payments on debt |
|
|
(308,844 |
) |
|
|
(165,250 |
) |
|
|
(157,750 |
) |
Purchases of treasury stock |
|
|
(99,820 |
) |
|
|
(3,744 |
) |
|
|
(200,817 |
) |
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
18,364 |
|
|
|
2,392 |
|
|
|
14,831 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash used by financing activities |
|
|
(171,556 |
) |
|
|
(73,780 |
) |
|
|
(119,835 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
(31,508 |
) |
|
|
48,060 |
|
Effects of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
3,509 |
|
|
|
7,153 |
|
|
|
(17,076 |
) |
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period |
|
|
116,574 |
|
|
|
140,929 |
|
|
|
109,945 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period |
|
$ |
120,181 |
|
|
$ |
116,574 |
|
|
$ |
140,929 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the period for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest |
|
$ |
11,484 |
|
|
$ |
13,942 |
|
|
$ |
22,380 |
|
Income taxes, net of refunds received |
|
$ |
25,486 |
|
|
$ |
34,438 |
|
|
$ |
19,961 |
|
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
43
GARTNER, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Business. Gartner, Inc. is a global information technology research and advisory company founded
in 1979 with its headquarters in Stamford, Connecticut. Gartner, Inc. delivers its principal
products and services through three business segments: Research, Consulting, and Events.
Basis of presentation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (U.S.
GAAP), as defined in the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards
Codification Topic 270 for financial information and with the applicable instructions of U.S.
Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC) Regulation S-X. The fiscal year of Gartner, Inc. (the
Company) represents the period from January 1 through December 31. When used in these notes, the
terms Gartner, Company, we, us, or our mean Gartner, Inc. and its consolidated
subsidiaries. All references to 2010, 2009, and 2008 relate to the fiscal year unless otherwise
indicated.
In December 2009 we acquired AMR Research, Inc. (AMR Research) and Burton Group, Inc. (Burton
Group). The results of these businesses are included in our operating results beginning on their
respective dates of acquisition (see Note 2 Acquisitions).
Principles of consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the
Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances
have been eliminated.
Use of estimates. The preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements requires
management to make estimates and assumptions about future events. These estimates and the
underlying assumptions affect the amounts of assets and liabilities reported, disclosures about
contingent assets and liabilities, and reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Such estimates
include the valuation of accounts receivable, goodwill, intangible assets, and other long-lived
assets, as well as tax accruals and other liabilities. In addition, estimates are used in revenue
recognition, income tax expense, performance-based compensation charges, depreciation and
amortization, and the allowance for losses. Management believes its use of estimates in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements to be reasonable.
Management continuously evaluates and revises these estimates using historical experience and other
factors, including the general economic environment and actions it may take in the future. We
adjust such estimates when facts and circumstances dictate. However, these estimates may involve
significant uncertainties and judgments and cannot be determined with precision. In addition, these
estimates are based on our best judgment at a point in time. As a result, differences between our
estimates and actual results could be material and would be reflected in the Companys consolidated
financial statements in future periods.
Subsequent events. The Company has evaluated the potential impact of subsequent events on the
consolidated financial statements herein through the date of filing of this Annual Report on Form
10-K. See Note 17 subsequent events regarding a secondary offering of the Companys shares.
Revenues. Revenue is recognized in accordance with U.S. GAAP and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No.
101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements (SAB 101), and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No.
104, Revenue Recognition (SAB 104). Revenues are only recognized once all required recognition
criteria have been met. The Consolidated Statement of Operations present revenues net of any sales
or value-added taxes that we collect from customers and remit to government authorities.
The Companys revenues by significant source are as follows:
Research revenues are generally derived from annual subscription contracts for research products.
These revenues are deferred and recognized ratably over the applicable contract term. The Company
typically enters into annually renewable subscription contracts for research products. Reprint fees
are recognized when the reprint is shipped.
The majority of research contracts are billable upon signing, absent special terms granted on a
limited basis from time to time. Research contracts are non-cancelable and non-refundable, except
for government contracts that may have cancellation or fiscal funding clauses, which have not
produced material cancellations to date. It is our policy to record the entire amount of the
contract that is billable as a fee receivable at the time the contract is signed with a
corresponding amount as deferred revenue, since the contract represents a legally enforceable
claim.
44
For those government contracts that permit cancellation, historically we only recorded fees
receivables to the extent amounts were earned and deferred revenue to the extent cash was received.
As of September 30, 2010, based on an analysis of historic contract cancellations, we determined
that the likelihood of such cancellations was remote. Accordingly, as of that date we record the
entire billable contract amount as fees receivable at the time the contract is signed with a
corresponding amount to deferred revenue, consistent with other contracts. This change in estimate
had an immaterial impact.
Consulting revenues, primarily derived from consulting, measurement and strategic advisory services
(paid one-day analyst engagements), are principally generated from fixed fee or time and materials
engagements. Revenues for such projects are recognized as work is delivered and/or services are
provided. Unbilled fees receivable associated with consulting engagements were $29.4 million at
December 31, 2010 and $30.0 million at December 31, 2009. Revenues related to contract optimization
contracts are contingent in nature and are only recognized upon satisfaction of all conditions
related to their payment.
Events revenues are deferred and recognized upon the completion of the related symposium,
conference or exhibition. In addition, the Company defers certain costs directly related to events
and expenses these costs in the period during which the related symposium, conference or exhibition
occurs. The Company policy is to defer only those costs, primarily prepaid site and production
services costs, which are incremental and are directly attributable to a specific event. Other
costs of organizing and producing our events, primarily Company personnel and non-event specific
expenses, are expensed in the period incurred. At the end of each fiscal quarter, the Company
assesses on an event-by-event basis whether expected direct costs of producing a scheduled event
will exceed expected revenues. If such costs are expected to exceed revenues, the Company records
the expected loss in the period determined.
Uncollectible fees receivable. The Company maintains an allowance for losses which is composed of a
bad debt allowance and a sales reserve. Provisions are charged against earnings, either as a
reduction in revenues or as an increase to expense. The amount of the allowance for losses is based
on historical loss experience, aging of outstanding receivables, an assessment of current economic
conditions and the financial health of specific clients.
Cost of services and product development (COS). COS expense includes the direct costs incurred in
the creation and delivery of our products and services.
Selling, general and administrative (SG&A). SG&A expense includes direct and indirect selling
costs and general and administrative costs.
Commission expense. The Company records commission obligations upon the signing of contracts and
amortizes the corresponding deferred commission expense over the estimated period in which the
related revenues are earned. Commission expense is included in SG&A in the Consolidated Statements
of Operations.
Stock-based compensation expense. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance
with FASB ASC Topics 505 and 718, as interpreted by SEC Staff Accounting Bulletins No. 107 (SAB
No. 107) and No. 110 (SAB No. 110). Stock-based compensation cost is based on the fair value of
the award on the date of grant, which is expensed over the related service period, net of estimated
forfeitures. The service period is the period over which the employee performs the related
services, which is normally the same as the vesting period.
During 2010, 2009, and 2008, the Company recognized $32.6 million, $26.1 million, and $20.7
million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense (see Note 9 Stock-Based
Compensation), which is recorded in both COS and SG&A in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Income tax expense. The provision for income taxes is the sum of the amount of income tax paid or
payable for the year as determined by applying the provisions of enacted tax laws to taxable income
for that year and the net changes during the year in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on differences between the book and tax basis of
assets and liabilities using presently enacted tax rates. We credit additional paid-in capital for
realized tax benefits arising from stock transactions with employees. The tax benefit on a
nonqualified stock option is equal to the tax effect of the difference between the market price of
Common Stock on the date of exercise and the exercise price.
Cash and cash equivalents. All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months
or less are classified as cash equivalents. The carrying value of these investments approximates
fair value based upon their short-term maturity. Investments with maturities of more than three
months are classified as marketable securities. Interest earned on investments is classified in
Interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements. The Company leases all of its facilities and
certain equipment. These leases are all classified as operating leases in accordance with FASB ASC
Topic 840. The cost of these operating leases, including any contractual
45
rent increases, rent concessions, and landlord incentives, are recognized ratably over the life of
the related lease agreement. Lease expense was $23.5 million in 2010 and $22.5 million in both 2009
and 2008.
Equipment, leasehold improvements, and other fixed assets owned by the Company are recorded at cost
less accumulated depreciation and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method
over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the remaining term of the related
leases. The Company had total depreciation expense of $25.3 million, $25.4 million, and $25.9
million in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, less accumulated depreciation and amortization
consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Useful Life |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
(Years) |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
Computer equipment and software |
|
|
2 - 7 |
|
|
$ |
123,988 |
|
|
$ |
118,487 |
|
Furniture and equipment |
|
|
3 - 8 |
|
|
|
32,093 |
|
|
|
32,183 |
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
2 - 10 |
|
|
|
46,516 |
|
|
|
46,945 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
202,597 |
|
|
|
197,615 |
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(154,983 |
) |
|
|
(145,149 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
47,614 |
|
|
$ |
52,466 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred to develop internal use software in accordance with
FASB ASC Topic 350. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, capitalized development costs for internal use
software were $14.3 million and $16.1 million, respectively, which are net of accumulated
amortization of $23.7 million and $20.4 million, respectively. Amortization of capitalized
internal software development costs, which is classified in Depreciation in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations, totaled $7.9 million, $8.3 million, and $7.4 million during 2010, 2009,
and 2008, respectively.
The Companys corporate headquarters is located in approximately 213,000 square feet of leased
office space in three buildings located in Stamford, Connecticut. The Stamford facility
accommodates research and analysis, marketing, sales, client support, production, corporate
services, executive offices, and administration. In April 2010, the Company entered into a new 15
year lease agreement for this facility. The new lease grants the Company three options to renew at
fair market value for five years each, and an option to purchase the facility at fair market value.
In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 840, the Company accounts for the new Stamford lease as an
operating lease arrangement. The total minimum payments the Company will be obligated to pay under
this lease, including contractual escalation clauses and reduced rents during the renovation
period, will be expensed on a straight-line basis over the lease term. As of December 31, 2010, the
total minimum lease payments under this non-cancelable lease agreement were $84.5 million.
Under the terms of the new Stamford lease, the landlord will provide up to $25.0 million to be used
to renovate the three buildings and the parking areas comprising the facility. The renovation work
will occur in 2011 and 2012. The contractual amount due from the landlord was recorded as a tenant
improvement allowance in Other assets and as deferred rent in Other liabilities on the Consolidated
Balance Sheets. As the renovation work progresses and payments are received from the landlord, the
tenant improvement receivable will be relieved and leasehold improvement assets will be recorded in
Property, equipment, and leasehold improvements. The leasehold improvement assets will be amortized
to Depreciation expense over their useful lives beginning when the assets are placed in service.
The amount recorded as deferred rent will be amortized as a reduction to rent expense (SG&A) on a
straight-line basis over the term of the lease. For the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately
$1.0 million of the deferred rent balance was amortized to rent expense.
Intangible assets. Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their
expected useful lives. Intangible assets subject to amortization include the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade |
|
|
Customer |
|
|
Noncompete |
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010 |
|
Content |
|
|
Name |
|
|
Relationships |
|
|
Agreements |
|
|
Total |
|
Gross cost |
|
$ |
10,634 |
|
|
$ |
5,758 |
|
|
$ |
7,210 |
|
|
$ |
207 |
|
|
$ |
23,809 |
|
Accumulated amortization |
|
|
(7,089 |
) |
|
|
(1,152 |
) |
|
|
(1,803 |
) |
|
|
(181 |
) |
|
|
(10,225 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net |
|
$ |
3,545 |
|
|
$ |
4,606 |
|
|
$ |
5,407 |
|
|
$ |
26 |
|
|
$ |
13,584 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade |
|
|
Customer |
|
|
Noncompete |
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009 |
|
Content |
|
|
Name |
|
|
Relationships |
|
|
Agreements |
|
|
Total |
|
Gross cost (1) |
|
$ |
10,634 |
|
|
$ |
5,758 |
|
|
$ |
14,910 |
|
|
$ |
416 |
|
|
$ |
31,718 |
|
Accumulated amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,315 |
) |
|
|
(290 |
) |
|
|
(7,605 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net |
|
$ |
10,634 |
|
|
$ |
5,758 |
|
|
$ |
7,595 |
|
|
$ |
126 |
|
|
$ |
24,113 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The Company recorded $23.6 million of purchased intangibles from the
acquisitions of AMR Research and Burton Group in December 2009 (see
Note 2 Acquisitions). |
Intangible assets will be amortized against earnings over the following period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Useful Life |
|
|
(Years) |
Content |
|
|
1.5 |
|
Trade Name |
|
|
5 |
|
Customer Relationships |
|
|
4 |
|
Noncompete Agreements |
|
|
2-5 |
|
Aggregate amortization expense on intangible assets was $10.5 million, $1.6 million, and $1.6
million for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
The estimated future amortization expense by year from purchased intangibles is as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
$ |
6,530 |
|
2012 |
|
|
2,955 |
|
2013 |
|
|
2,955 |
|
2014 |
|
|
1,144 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
13,584 |
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of acquired businesses over the
estimated fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired. The
evaluation of goodwill is performed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, which requires an annual
assessment of potential goodwill impairment at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit can be an
operating segment or a business if discrete financial information is prepared and reviewed by
management. Under the impairment test, if a reporting units carrying amount exceeds its estimated
fair value, goodwill impairment is recognized to the extent that the reporting units carrying
amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill. The fair value of reporting
units is estimated using discounted cash flows, market multiples, and other valuation techniques.
The following table presents changes to the carrying amount of goodwill by reporting segment during
the two years ended December 31, 2010 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research |
|
|
Consulting |
|
|
Events |
|
|
Total |
|
Balance, December 31, 2008 (1) |
|
$ |
280,161 |
|
|
$ |
84,048 |
|
|
$ |
34,528 |
|
|
$ |
398,737 |
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
|
|
4,386 |
|
|
|
1,434 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
5,893 |
|
Additions due to AMR Research and Burton Group acquisitions |
|
|
86,083 |
|
|
|
15,262 |
|
|
|
7,637 |
|
|
|
108,982 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2009 |
|
$ |
370,630 |
|
|
$ |
100,744 |
|
|
$ |
42,238 |
|
|
$ |
513,612 |
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments and other (2) |
|
|
(2,109 |
) |
|
|
(927 |
) |
|
|
(311 |
) |
|
|
(3,347 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2010 |
|
$ |
368,521 |
|
|
$ |
99,817 |
|
|
$ |
41,927 |
|
|
$ |
510,265 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The Company has not recorded charges for goodwill impairment since its adoption of the current
goodwill impairment rules on January 1, 2002. Accordingly, the Company considers the goodwill
amount as of December 31, 2008 to be the gross amount of goodwill. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes the impact of foreign currency translation and certain immaterial goodwill adjustments. |
Impairment of long-lived assets and intangible assets. The Company reviews long-lived assets and
intangible assets other than goodwill for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of the respective asset may
47
not be recoverable. Such evaluation may be based on a number of factors including current and
projected operating results and cash flows, changes in managements strategic direction as well as
external economic and market factors.
The Companys policy regarding long-lived assets and intangible assets other than goodwill is to
evaluate the recoverability of these assets by determining whether the balance can be recovered
through undiscounted future operating cash flows. Should events or circumstances indicate that the
carrying value might not be recoverable based on undiscounted future operating cash flows, an
impairment loss would be recognized. The amount of impairment, if any, is measured based on the
difference between projected discounted future operating cash flows using a discount rate
reflecting the Companys average cost of funds and the carrying value of the asset.
Pension obligations. The Company has defined-benefit pension plans in three of its international
locations (see Note 14 Employee Benefits). Benefits earned under these plans are generally based
on years of service and level of employee compensation. The Company accounts for defined benefit
plans in accordance with the requirements of FASB ASC Topic 715. The Company determines the
periodic pension expense and related liabilities for these plans through actuarial assumptions and
valuations. The Company recognized $2.4 million, $2.2 million, and $2.2 million of expense for
these plans in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. The Company classifies pension expense in SG&A
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Foreign currency exposure. All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated into
U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. The resulting translation
adjustments are recorded as foreign currency translation adjustments, a component of Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net within the Stockholders equity section of the Consolidated
Balance Sheets. Income and expense items are translated at average exchange rates for the year.
Currency transaction gains or losses arising from transactions denominated in currencies other than
the functional currency of a subsidiary are included in results of operations in Other income
(expense), net within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Net currency transaction (losses)
gains were $(4.8) million, $(3.6) million, and $(0.9) million in 2010, 2009, and 2008,
respectively.
We enter into foreign currency forward exchange contracts to offset the effects of adverse
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. These contracts generally have a short duration
and are recorded at fair value with unrealized and realized gains and losses recorded in Other
income (expense). The net gain (loss) from these contracts was $2.8 million, $0.7 million, and
$(0.6) million for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
Fair
value disclosures. The Companys fair value disclosures are included in Note 13 Fair Value
Disclosures.
Concentrations of credit risk. Assets that may subject the Company to concentration of credit risk
consist primarily of short-term, highly liquid investments classified as cash equivalents, accounts
receivable, interest rate swaps, and a pension reinsurance asset. The majority of the Companys
cash equivalent investments and its interest rate swap contract are with investment grade
commercial banks that are participants in the Companys 2010 Credit Agreement. Accounts receivable
balances deemed to be collectible from customers have limited concentration of credit risk due to
our diverse customer base and geographic dispersion. The Companys pension reinsurance asset (see
Note 14 Employee Benefits) is maintained with a large international insurance company that was
rated investment grade as of December 31, 2010.
Stock repurchase programs. The Company records the cost to repurchase its own shares to treasury
stock. During 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company recorded $99.8 million, $3.7 million, and $198.6
million, respectively, of stock repurchases (see Note 8Equity). Shares repurchased by the Company
are added to treasury shares and are not retired.
Recent Accounting Developments
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. ASU
2010-06 requires fair value hierarchy disclosures to be further disaggregated by class of assets
and liabilities. A class is often a subset of assets or liabilities within a line item in the
balance sheet. In addition, significant transfers between Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value
hierarchy are required to be disclosed. These additional disclosure requirements became effective
January 1, 2010. In general, Gartner does not anticipate transfers between the different levels of
the fair value hierarchy, and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, there were none. Our
required fair value disclosures are presented in Note 13 Fair Value Disclosures. Beginning
January 1, 2011, the FASB will also require additional disclosures regarding changes in Level 3
instruments.
48
In September 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.
ASU 2009-13 requires companies to allocate revenue in arrangements involving multiple deliverables
based on the estimated selling price of each deliverable, even though such deliverables are not
sold separately either by the company itself or other vendors. ASU 2009-13 eliminates the
requirement that all undelivered elements must have objective and reliable evidence of fair value
before a company can recognize the portion of the overall arrangement fee that is attributable to
items that already have been delivered. As a result, the new guidance is expected to allow some
companies to recognize revenue on transactions that involve multiple deliverables earlier than
under current requirements. ASU 2009-13 will be effective for the Company beginning in the first
quarter of fiscal year 2012, but early adoption is permitted.
2 ACQUISITIONS
In December 2009 the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of AMR Research and Burton
Group for a total of $117.7 million in cash. The Companys consolidated results include the
operating results of these businesses beginning on their respective acquisition dates. In September
2010 the Company finalized the allocation of the purchase price related to these acquisitions,
resulting in immaterial adjustments to recorded goodwill. The Company recorded $7.9 million of
acquisition and integration expenses related to these acquisitions during 2010 and $2.9 million in
2009. Included in these charges are legal fees and consultant fees in connection with the
acquisition and integration, as well as severance costs related to redundant headcount.
The Company received contractual indemnifications from the selling shareholders of AMR Research and
Burton Group for certain pre-acquisition liabilities, which the Company estimated at $6.1 million.
In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, the Company recorded a $6.1 million indemnification
receivable in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and a $6.1 million liability in Accrued
liabilities, which were included in the purchase price allocation. Separately, a portion of the
sale proceeds were placed in an escrow account pending resolution of these pre-acquisition
liabilities.
During 2010, the Company paid $5.1 million to settle these pre-acquisition liabilities and received
reimbursement from the escrow account for the same amount. As a result, the settlement of these
liabilities had no impact on the Companys results of operations, cash flows, or recorded goodwill.
The Company believes the remaining $1.0 million recorded in Accrued liabilities is a reasonable
estimate of the amount necessary to satisfy the remaining liabilities, which is fully reimbursable
from the escrow account.
3 DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
In 2008 the Company sold its Vision Events business, which had been part of the Companys Events
segment. The Company realized net cash proceeds from the sale of $7.8 million and recorded a net
gain on the sale of approximately $7.1 million after deducting direct costs to sell, a charge of
$1.8 million of allocated Events segment goodwill, and related tax charges. The results of
operations of this business and the gain on sale are recorded in Income from discontinued
operations, net of taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
4 OTHER ASSETS
Other assets consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
Security deposits |
|
$ |
3,959 |
|
|
$ |
3,545 |
|
Debt issuance costs |
|
|
4,987 |
|
|
|
1,384 |
|
Benefit plan related assets |
|
|
36,089 |
|
|
|
30,903 |
|
Non-current deferred tax assets |
|
|
21,166 |
|
|
|
29,527 |
|
Tenant improvement allowance (1) |
|
|
24,570 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
2,322 |
|
|
|
1,904 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other assets |
|
$ |
93,093 |
|
|
$ |
67,263 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents contractual amounts receivable for the Stamford
headquarters renovation. |
49
5 ACCOUNTS PAYABLE, ACCRUED, AND OTHER LIABILITIES
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
17,791 |
|
|
$ |
14,312 |
|
Payroll, employee benefits, severance |
|
|
62,882 |
|
|
|
63,600 |
|
Bonus payable |
|
|
64,620 |
|
|
|
53,264 |
|
Commissions payable |
|
|
41,503 |
|
|
|
39,705 |
|
Taxes payable |
|
|
15,030 |
|
|
|
17,693 |
|
Acquisition payables (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,059 |
|
Rent and other facilities costs |
|
|
7,108 |
|
|
|
9,666 |
|
Professional and consulting fees |
|
|
3,706 |
|
|
|
4,112 |
|
Events fulfillment liabilities |
|
|
4,367 |
|
|
|
3,905 |
|
Other accrued liabilities |
|
|
30,726 |
|
|
|
36,650 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
|
$ |
247,733 |
|
|
$ |
255,966 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Consists of amounts payable related to the acquisition of Burton Group
in December 2009. These liabilities were paid in January 2010. |
Other liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
Non-current deferred revenue |
|
$ |
4,659 |
|
|
$ |
3,912 |
|
Long-term taxes payable |
|
|
18,193 |
|
|
|
15,064 |
|
Benefit plan-related liabilities |
|
|
44,939 |
|
|
|
37,977 |
|
Deferred rent Stamford lease (1) |
|
|
23,813 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
15,846 |
|
|
|
23,618 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other liabilities |
|
$ |
107,450 |
|
|
$ |
80,571 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents deferred rent on the Companys Stamford lease. |
6 DEBT
2010 Credit Agreement
On December 22, 2010, the Company entered into a new credit facility (the 2010 Credit Agreement)
with a syndication of banks led by JPMorgan Chase to take advantage of favorable financing
conditions and to obtain greater financial flexibility and liquidity through a larger revolving
credit facility. The 2010 Credit Agreement provides for a five-year, $200.0 million term loan and a
$400.0 million revolving credit facility. In addition, the 2010 Credit Agreement contains an
expansion feature by which the term loan and revolving credit facility may be increased, at the
Companys option and under certain conditions, by up to an additional $150.0 million in the
aggregate. The Company paid $4.8 million in debt issuance costs in 2010 related to the refinancing,
which was capitalized and will be amortized to interest expense over the term of the 2010 Credit
Agreement.
On December 22, 2010 the Company drew down $200.0 million from the term loan facility and $100.0
million from the revolving credit facility which was used to repay amounts outstanding under the
Companys prior credit arrangement, which was terminated in connection with the refinancing. At the
end of December 2010 the Company repaid $80.0 million of the amount drawn down on the revolving
credit facility. Future amounts to be drawn down under the revolving credit facility will be used
for general working capital purposes.
The term loan will be repaid in 19 consecutive quarterly installments commencing March 31, 2011,
plus a final payment due on December 22, 2015, and may be prepaid at any time without penalty or
premium at the Companys option. The revolving credit facility may be used for loans, and up to
$40.0 million may be used for letters of credit. The revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and
re-borrowed until December 22, 2015, at which time all amounts borrowed must be repaid.
Amounts borrowed under the 2010 Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate equal to, at the Companys
option, either (i) the greatest of:
50
the administrative agents prime rate; the average rate on overnight federal funds plus 1/2 of 1%;
and the eurodollar rate (adjusted for statutory reserves) plus 1% , in each case plus a margin
equal to between 0.50% and 1.25% depending on the Companys leverage ratio as of the end of the
four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended, or (ii) the eurodollar rate (adjusted for
statutory reserves) plus a margin equal to between 1.50% and 2.25%, depending on the Companys
leverage ratio as of the end of the four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended.
The 2010 Credit Agreement contains certain customary restrictive loan covenants, including, among
others, financial covenants requiring a maximum leverage ratio, a minimum interest expense coverage
ratio, and covenants limiting the Companys ability to incur indebtedness, grant liens, make
acquisitions, be acquired, dispose of assets, pay dividends, repurchase stock, make capital
expenditures, make investments and enter into certain transactions with affiliates. The Company was
in full compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2010.
The following table provides information regarding the Companys borrowings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Contractual |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
|
Outstanding |
|
|
Annualized |
|
|
Outstanding |
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
Interest Rate |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 (1), (2) |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
2009 (4) |
|
Description: |
|
(In thousands) |
|
|
2010 (3) |
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Term loans |
|
$ |
200,000 |
|
|
|
2.30 |
% |
|
$ |
201,000 |
|
Revolver |
|
|
20,156 |
|
|
|
2.26 |
% |
|
|
128,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
220,156 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
329,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The $220.2 million outstanding includes $220.0 million borrowed under
the 2010 Credit Agreement and $0.2 million borrowed under a separate
arrangement related to the renovation of a leased facility. |
|
(2) |
|
The Company had approximately $376.0 million of available borrowing
capacity on the revolver (not including the expansion feature) as of
December 31, 2010. |
|
(3) |
|
The term loan rate consisted of a three-month 0.3% Eurodollar base
rate plus a margin of 2.0%, while the revolver rate consisted of a
one-month Eurodollar base rate of 0.26% plus a margin of 2.0%. The
Company has an interest rate swap contract which converts the floating
Eurodollar base rate to a fixed base rate on $200.0 million of
three-month borrowings (see below). |
|
(4) |
|
These loans were outstanding under the credit arrangement that was
terminated in December 2010. These amounts were repaid in 2010. |
In December 2010, the Company recorded certain incremental pre-tax charges due to the termination
of the prior credit arrangement. These charges would have been recognized as expenses in 2011, but
accounting rules required their accelerated recognition in 2010. These accelerated pre-tax charges
included $3.3 million for deferred losses on interest rate swap contracts that had been recorded in
Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) and $0.4 million for the write-off of a portion of capitalized
debt issuance costs resulting from the extinguishment of the previous long-term indebtedness. In
accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815, the deferral of the amounts in OCI was no longer permitted
since the forecasted interest payments related to the previous debt would not occur. Both the debt
issuance and interest rate swap charges were recorded in Interest expense in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations.
Interest Rate Swap Hedge
On December 22, 2010, the Company entered into a $200.0 million notional fixed-for-floating
interest rate swap contract which it designated as a hedge of the forecasted interest payments on
the Companys variable rate borrowings. Under the swap terms, the Company pays a base fixed rate of
2.26% and in return receives a three-month Eurodollar base rate.
The Company accounts for the interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge in accordance with FASB ASC
Topic 815. Since the swap is hedging forecasted interest payments, changes in the fair value of the
swap are recorded in OCI as long as the swap continues to be a highly effective hedge of the
designated interest rate risk. Any ineffective portion of change in the fair value of the hedge is
recorded
51
in earnings. At December 31, 2010, there was no ineffective portion of the hedge. The interest rate
swap had a negative fair value to the Company of $2.1 million at December 31, 2010, which is
recorded in OCI, net of tax effect.
Letters of Credit
The Company issues letters of credit and related guarantees in the ordinary course of business. At
December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had outstanding letters of credit and guarantees of
approximately $4.7 million and $4.2 million, respectively.
7 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company leases various facilities, furniture, and computer equipment under operating lease
arrangements expiring between 2011 and 2027. The future minimum annual cash payments under
non-cancelable operating lease agreements at December 31, 2010, are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
$ |
30,775 |
|
2012 |
|
|
23,582 |
|
2013 |
|
|
19,718 |
|
2014 |
|
|
16,160 |
|
2015 |
|
|
11,715 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
66,640 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments (1), (2) |
|
$ |
168,590 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Excludes $25.0 million of contractual payments receivable for leasehold
improvements on the Companys Stamford headquarters lease (see Property,
equipment and leasehold improvements in Note 1 Business and
Significant Accounting Policies for additional discussion). |
|
(2) |
|
Excludes approximately $2.5 million of contractual sublease rental income. |
We are involved in various legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of
business. The outcome of these individual matters is not predictable at this time. However, we
believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters, after considering amounts already accrued
and insurance coverage, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results
of operations, or cash flows in future periods.
The Company has various agreements that may obligate us to indemnify the other party with respect
to certain matters. Generally, these indemnification clauses are included in contracts arising in
the normal course of business under which we customarily agree to hold the other party harmless
against losses arising from a breach of representations related to such matters as title to assets
sold and licensed or certain intellectual property rights. It is not possible to predict the
maximum potential amount of future payments under these indemnification agreements due to the
conditional nature of the Companys obligations and the unique facts of each particular agreement.
Historically, payments made by us under these agreements have not been material. As of December 31,
2010, we did not have any indemnification agreements that would require material payments.
The Company received cash proceeds of $1.2 million in 2008 related to the settlement of a
litigation matter which was recorded as a gain in Other (expense) income, net in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations.
8 EQUITY
Common stock. Holders of Gartners Common Stock, par value $.0005 per share (Common Stock) are
entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted by stockholders. The Company does not
currently pay cash dividends on its Common Stock. Also, our credit arrangement contains a negative
covenant which may limit our ability to pay dividends.
The following table summarizes transactions relating to Common Stock for the three years ending
December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury |
|
|
Issued |
|
Stock |
|
|
Shares |
|
Shares |
Balance at December 31, 2007 |
|
|
156,234,415 |
|
|
|
57,202,660 |
|
Issuances under stock plans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,568,658 |
) |
Purchases for treasury |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,719,573 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008 |
|
|
156,234,415 |
|
|
|
62,353,575 |
|
Issuances under stock plans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,302,935 |
) |
Purchases for treasury |
|
|
|
|
|
|
306,032 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009 |
|
|
156,234,415 |
|
|
|
60,356,672 |
|
Issuances under stock plans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,029,673 |
) |
Purchases for treasury |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,918,719 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010 |
|
|
156,234,415 |
|
|
|
60,245,718 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52
Share repurchase program. The Company has a $500.0 million share repurchase program, of which
$481.9 million remained available for share repurchases as of December 31, 2010. The $500.0 million
share repurchase program was approved by the Companys Board of Directors in the third quarter of
2010 and replaced the Companys prior repurchase program, which had been largely expended.
Repurchases may be made from time-to-time through open market purchases, private transactions,
tender offers or other transactions. The amount and timing of repurchases will be subject to the
availability of stock, prevailing market conditions, the trading price of the stock, the Companys
financial performance and other conditions. Repurchases may also be made from time-to-time in
connection with the settlement of the Companys shared-based compensation awards. Repurchases will
be funded from cash flow from operations or borrowings. During 2010, 2009, and 2008, the Company
recorded $99.8 million, $3.7 million, and $198.6 million, respectively, of Common Stock
repurchases.
9 STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company grants stock-based compensation awards as an incentive for employees and directors to
contribute to the Companys long-term success. The Company currently awards stock-settled stock
appreciation rights, service- and performance-based restricted stock units, and common stock
equivalents. At December 31, 2010, the Company had approximately 7.0 million shares of Common Stock
available for awards of stock-based compensation under its 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with FASB ASC Topics 505 and 718,
as interpreted by SEC Staff Accounting Bulletins No. 107 (SAB No. 107) and No. 110 (SAB No.
110). Stock-based compensation expense is based on the fair value of the award on the date of
grant, which is recognized over the related service period, net of estimated forfeitures. The
service period is the period over which the related service is performed, which is generally the
same as the vesting period. At the present time, the Company issues treasury shares upon the
exercise, release or settlement of stock-based compensation awards.
Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of stock compensation
awards requires the input of certain highly complex and subjective assumptions, including the
expected life of the stock compensation awards and the Common Stock price volatility. In addition,
determining the appropriate amount of associated periodic expense requires management to estimate
the amount of employee forfeitures and the likelihood of the achievement of certain performance
targets. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock compensation awards and the
associated periodic expense represent managements best estimates, but these estimates involve
inherent uncertainties and the application of judgment. As a result, if factors change and the
Company deems it necessary in the future to modify the assumptions it made or to use different
assumptions, or if the quantity and nature of the Companys stock-based compensation awards
changes, then the amount of expense may need to be adjusted and future stock compensation expense
could be materially different from what has been recorded in the current period.
The Company recognized the following amounts of stock-based compensation expense (in millions) for
the year ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Award type: |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Stock appreciation rights (SARs) |
|
$ |
4.6 |
|
|
$ |
4.4 |
|
|
$ |
3.2 |
|
Restricted stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
Restricted stock units (RSUs) |
|
|
27.5 |
|
|
|
21.3 |
|
|
|
14.8 |
|
Common stock equivalents (CSEs) |
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
Options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (1) |
|
$ |
32.6 |
|
|
$ |
26.1 |
|
|
$ |
20.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes charges of $3.1 million, $1.9 million, and $1.3 million in
2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively, for awards to retirement-eligible
employees. |
53
Stock-based compensation (in millions) was recognized as follows in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations for the year ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount recorded in: |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Costs of services and product development |
|
$ |
14.8 |
|
|
$ |
12.6 |
|
|
$ |
9.6 |
|
Selling, general, and administrative |
|
|
17.8 |
|
|
|
13.5 |
|
|
|
11.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation expense recognized |
|
$ |
32.6 |
|
|
$ |
26.1 |
|
|
$ |
20.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had $45.7 million of total unrecognized stock-based
compensation cost, which is expected to be recognized as stock-based compensation expense over the
remaining weighted-average service period of approximately 1.8 years.
Stock-Based Compensation Awards
The following disclosures provide information regarding the Companys stock-based compensation
awards, all of which are classified as equity awards in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 505:
Stock Appreciation Rights
Stock-settled stock appreciation rights (SARs) are settled in common shares and are similar to
stock options as they permit the holder to participate in the appreciation of the Common Stock.
SARs may be settled in shares of Common Stock by the employee once the applicable vesting criteria
have been met. SARs vest ratably over a four-year service period and expire seven years from the
grant date. The fair value of SARs awards is recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line
basis over four years. SARs are awarded only to the Companys executive officers.
When SARs are exercised, the number of shares of Common Stock issued is calculated as follows: (1)
the total proceeds from the SARs exercise (calculated as the closing price of the Common Stock on
the date of exercise less the exercise price of the SARs, multiplied by the number of SARs
exercised) is divided by (2) the closing price of the Common Stock on the exercise date. The
Company withholds a portion of the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise to satisfy minimum
statutory tax withholding requirements. SARs recipients do not have any of the rights of a Gartner
stockholder, including voting rights and the right to receive dividends and distributions, until
after actual shares of Common Stock are issued in respect of the award, which is subject to the
prior satisfaction of the vesting and other criteria relating to such grants.
The following table provides a summary of the changes in SARs outstanding for the year ended
December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share |
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share |
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Remaining |
|
|
SARs in |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Grant Date |
|
|
Contractual |
|
|
millions |
|
|
Exercise Price |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Term |
Outstanding at December 31, 2009 |
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
$ |
15.43 |
|
|
$ |
6.09 |
|
|
|
4.67 |
years |
Granted |
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
22.06 |
|
|
|
8.27 |
|
|
|
6.12 |
years |
Forfeited |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised |
|
|
(0.9 |
) |
|
|
14.60 |
|
|
|
6.00 |
|
|
|
|
na |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2010 (1) |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
$ |
17.22 |
|
|
$ |
6.62 |
|
|
|
4.55 |
years |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2010 (1) |
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
$ |
17.79 |
|
|
$ |
6.70 |
|
|
|
3.44 |
years |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
na=not applicable |
|
(1) |
|
At December 31, 2010, SARs outstanding had an intrinsic value of $40.5
million. SARs vested and exercisable had an intrinsic value of $13.5
million. |
54
The fair value of the SARs grants was determined on the date of the grant using the
Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model with the following weighted-average assumptions for the years
ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
Expected dividend yield (1)
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
0 |
% |
Expected stock price volatility (2)
|
|
|
40 |
% |
|
|
50 |
% |
|
|
36 |
% |
Risk-free interest rate (3)
|
|
|
2.4 |
% |
|
|
2.3 |
% |
|
|
2.8 |
% |
Expected life in years (4)
|
|
|
4.75 |
|
|
|
4.80 |
|
|
|
4.75 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The dividend yield assumption is based on the history and expectation
of the Companys dividend payouts. Historically Gartner has not paid
cash dividends on its Common Stock. |
|
(2) |
|
The determination of expected stock price volatility was based on both
historical Common Stock prices and implied volatility from publicly
traded options in Common Stock. |
|
(3) |
|
The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield of a U.S. Treasury
security with a maturity similar to the expected life of the award. |
|
(4) |
|
The expected life in years is based on the simplified calculation
provided for in SAB No. 107. The simplified method determines the
expected life in years based on the vesting period and contractual
terms as set forth when the award is made. The Company continues to
use the simplified method for awards of stock-based compensation since
it does not have the necessary historical exercise and forfeiture data
to determine an expected life for SARs, as permitted by SAB No. 110. |
Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, and Common Stock Equivalents
Restricted stock awards give the awardee the right to vote and to receive dividends and
distributions on these shares; however, the awardee may not sell the restricted shares until all
restrictions on the release of the shares have lapsed and the shares are released.
Restricted stock units (RSUs) give the awardee the right to receive shares of Common Stock when the
vesting conditions are met and the restrictions lapse, and each RSU that vests entitles the awardee
to one common share. RSU awardees do not have any of the rights of a Gartner stockholder, including
voting rights and the right to receive dividends and distributions, until after the common shares
are released.
Common stock equivalents (CSEs) are convertible into Common Stock, and each CSE entitles the holder
to one common share. Members of our Board of Directors receive directors fees payable in CSEs
unless they opt to receive up to 50% of the fees in cash. Generally, the CSEs are converted when
service as a director terminates unless the director has elected an accelerated release.
The fair value of restricted stock, RSUs, and CSEs is determined on the date of grant based on the
closing price of the Common Stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange on that date. The fair
value of these awards is recognized as compensation expense as follows: (i) restricted stock awards
vest based on the achievement of a market condition and are expensed on a straight-line basis over
approximately three years; (ii) service-based RSUs vest ratably over four years and are expensed on
a straight-line basis over four years; (iii) performance-based RSUs are subject to both performance
and service conditions, vest ratably over four years, and are expensed on an accelerated basis; and
(iv) CSEs vest immediately and are recorded as expense on the date of grant.
A summary of the changes in restricted stock, RSUs and CSEs during the year ended December 31, 2010
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
Common |
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
Restricted |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Stock |
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
Restricted |
|
|
Grant Date |
|
|
Stock Units |
|
|
Grant Date |
|
|
Equivalents |
|
|
Grant Date |
|
|
|
Stock |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
(RSUs) |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
(CSEs) |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009 |
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
$ |
7.30 |
|
|
|
3,763,805 |
|
|
$ |
14.57 |
|
|
|
135,224 |
|
|
na |
|
Granted (1), (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,619,624 |
|
|
|
22.18 |
|
|
|
18,298 |
|
|
$ |
26.66 |
|
Vested or released (3) |
|
|
(200,000 |
) |
|
|
7.30 |
|
|
|
(1,443,065 |
) |
|
|
15.23 |
|
|
|
(36,314 |
) |
|
na |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(72,093 |
) |
|
|
16.83 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
na |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2010 (4) |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
3,868,271 |
|
|
$ |
16.52 |
|
|
|
117,208 |
|
|
na |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The 1.6 million RSUs granted in 2010 consisted of 0.9 million performance-based RSUs awarded to executives and 0.7
million service-based RSUs awarded to non-executive employees and certain board members. The number of
performance-based RSUs granted was subject to the achievement of a performance condition tied to the annual
increase in the Companys subscription-based contract value for 2010, which ranged from 0% to 200% of the target
number depending on the performance level achieved. The aggregate performance-based RSU target for 2010 was 0.5
million shares. The actual performance target achieved for 2010 was approximately 174%, resulting in the grant of
0.9 million performance-based RSUs. |
|
(2) |
|
CSEs represent fees paid to directors. The CSEs vest when granted and are convertible into common shares when the
director leaves the Board of Directors or earlier if the director elects to accelerate the release. |
|
(3) |
|
These restricted shares held by the Companys CEO vested in the fourth quarter of 2010 after the designated market
conditions were achieved. There was no remaining unamortized cost on these shares. |
|
(4) |
|
The weighted-average remaining contractual term of the RSUs is 1.1 years. The CSEs have no defined contractual term. |
Stock Options
Historically, the Company granted stock options to employees that allowed them to purchase shares
of the Common Stock at a certain price. The Company has not made any stock option grants since
2006. All outstanding options are fully vested and there is no remaining unamortized cost. The
Company received approximately $20.7 million, $12.2 million, and $42.0 million in cash from option
exercises in the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
The following table provides a summary of the changes in stock options outstanding for the year
ended December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share |
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
Remaining |
|
|
|
Options in |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Contractual |
|
|
|
millions |
|
|
Exercise Price |
|
|
Term |
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009 |
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
$ |
10.65 |
|
|
3.07 years |
Expired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.81 |
|
|
na |
Exercised (1) |
|
|
(2.1 |
) |
|
|
10.04 |
|
|
na |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2010 (2) |
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
$ |
11.13 |
|
|
2.59 years |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
na=not applicable |
|
(1) |
|
Options exercised during 2010 had an aggregate intrinsic value of $34.7 million. |
|
(2) |
|
At December 31, 2010, options outstanding had an aggregate intrinsic value of
$58.2 million. |
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Company has an employee stock purchase plan (the ESPP Plan) under which eligible employees
are permitted to purchase Common Stock through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 10% of an
employees compensation (or $23,750 in any calendar year), at a price equal to 95% of the closing
price of the Common Stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange at the end of each offering
period.
At December 31, 2010, the Company had approximately 1.4 million shares available for purchase under
the ESPP Plan. The ESPP Plan is considered non-compensatory under FASB ASC Topic 718, and as a
result the Company does not record compensation expense related to these employee share purchases.
The Company received $2.8 million in cash from share purchases under the ESPP Plan in 2010 and $2.7
million in both 2009 and 2008.
56
10 COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share (EPS) is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number
of shares of Common Stock outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution
of securities that could share in earnings. When the impact of common share equivalents is
antidilutive, they are excluded from the calculation.
The following table sets forth the reconciliation of the basic and diluted earnings per share
computations (in thousands, except per share amounts) for the years ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Numerator: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income used for calculating basic and diluted earnings per common share |
|
$ |
96,285 |
|
|
$ |
82,964 |
|
|
$ |
103,871 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator: (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of common shares used in the calculation of basic earnings per share |
|
|
95,747 |
|
|
|
94,658 |
|
|
|
95,246 |
|
Common share equivalents associated with stock-based compensation plans |
|
|
4,087 |
|
|
|
2,891 |
|
|
|
3,782 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in the calculation of diluted earnings per share |
|
|
99,834 |
|
|
|
97,549 |
|
|
|
99,028 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic (2) |
|
$ |
1.01 |
|
|
$ |
0.88 |
|
|
$ |
1.09 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted (2) |
|
$ |
0.96 |
|
|
$ |
0.85 |
|
|
$ |
1.05 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
During 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company repurchased 3.9 million, 0.3 million, and 9.7 million shares of its
Common Stock, respectively. |
|
(2) |
|
Basic and diluted earnings per share include income from discontinued operations of $0.07 per share in 2008. |
The following table presents the number of common share equivalents that were not included in the
computation of diluted EPS in the table above because the effect would have been antidilutive.
During periods with reported income, these common share equivalents were antidilutive because their
exercise price was greater than the average market value of a share of Common Stock during the
period. During periods with reported loss, all common share equivalents would have an antidilutive
effect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
Antidilutive common share equivalents as of December 31 (in millions): |
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
1.7 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
Average market price per share of Common Stock during the year |
|
$ |
26.35 |
|
|
$ |
15.52 |
|
|
$ |
20.17 |
|
11 INCOME TAXES
Following is a summary of the components of income before income taxes for the years ended December
31 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
U.S. |
|
$ |
78,933 |
|
|
$ |
54,793 |
|
|
$ |
79,393 |
|
Non-U.S. |
|
|
55,152 |
|
|
|
60,733 |
|
|
|
65,348 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
before income taxes |
|
$ |
134,085 |
|
|
$ |
115,526 |
|
|
$ |
144,741 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The expense for income taxes on the above income consists of the
following components (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Current tax expense (benefit): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. federal |
|
$ |
9,078 |
|
|
$ |
8,749 |
|
|
$ |
10,564 |
|
State and local |
|
|
2,645 |
|
|
|
3,107 |
|
|
|
3,341 |
|
Foreign |
|
|
10,341 |
|
|
|
14,340 |
|
|
|
15,614 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current |
|
|
22,064 |
|
|
|
26,196 |
|
|
|
29,519 |
|
Deferred tax (benefit) expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. federal |
|
|
4,263 |
|
|
|
7,477 |
|
|
|
(547 |
) |
State and local |
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
3,168 |
|
|
|
1,848 |
|
Foreign |
|
|
(6,013 |
) |
|
|
1,281 |
|
|
|
(2,798 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred |
|
|
(1,678 |
) |
|
|
11,926 |
|
|
|
(1,497 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current and deferred |
|
|
20,386 |
|
|
|
38,122 |
|
|
|
28,022 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Benefit
(expense) relating to interest rate swap used to increase (decrease) equity |
|
|
(2,523 |
) |
|
|
(2,530 |
) |
|
|
3,776 |
|
Benefit from stock transactions with employees used to increase equity |
|
|
18,559 |
|
|
|
621 |
|
|
|
15,876 |
|
Benefit
(expense) relating to defined-benefit pension adjustments used to increase (decrease) equity |
|
|
375 |
|
|
|
(296 |
) |
|
|
(594 |
) |
Benefit
(expense) of acquired tax assets (liabilities) used to decrease (increase) goodwill |
|
|
1,003 |
|
|
|
(3,355 |
) |
|
|
513 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax expense on continuing operations |
|
|
37,800 |
|
|
|
32,562 |
|
|
|
47,593 |
|
Tax expense on discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
622 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total tax expense |
|
$ |
37,800 |
|
|
$ |
32,562 |
|
|
$ |
48,215 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current and long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
Depreciation |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
3,261 |
|
Expense accruals |
|
|
39,892 |
|
|
|
28,751 |
|
Loss and credit carryforwards |
|
|
19,999 |
|
|
|
35,232 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
21,843 |
|
|
|
25,213 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross deferred tax asset |
|
|
81,734 |
|
|
|
92,457 |
|
Depreciation |
|
|
(5,595 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Intangible
assets |
|
|
(14,816 |
) |
|
|
(17,259 |
) |
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
(9,342 |
) |
|
|
(7,098 |
) |
Other liabilities |
|
|
(110 |
) |
|
|
(1,190 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross deferred tax liability |
|
|
(29,863 |
) |
|
|
(25,547 |
) |
Valuation allowance |
|
|
(2,634 |
) |
|
|
(19,692 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset |
|
$ |
49,237 |
|
|
$ |
47,218 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current net deferred tax assets and current net deferred tax liabilities were $28.4 million and
$0.4 million as of December 31, 2010 and $19.0 million and $1.2 million as of December 31, 2009,
respectively, and are included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Accounts payable
and accrued liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Long-term net deferred tax assets and
long-term net deferred tax liabilities were $21.2 million and $0.0 million as of December 31, 2010
and $29.5 million and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2009, respectively, and are included in Other
assets and Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. It is more likely than not that
the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred
tax assets.
The valuation allowances in 2010 relate primarily to non-U.S. net operating losses and domestic
capital loss carryforwards that more likely than not will expire unutilized. The valuation
allowances in 2009 relate primarily to those items as well as domestic foreign tax credits. The
net decrease in valuation allowance of $17.1 million in 2010 relates primarily to the following
items: (a) the release of approximately $6.0 million of valuation allowance for changes in both
actual and anticipated utilization of foreign tax credits, (b) the release of approximately $5.4
million of valuation allowance for changes in both actual and anticipated utilization of foreign
net operating losses, and (c) the release of approximately $5.5 million of valuation allowance on
federal and state capital loss carryovers.
The Company has established a full valuation allowance against domestic realized and unrealized
capital losses, as the future utilization of these losses is uncertain. As of December 31, 2010,
the Company had U.S. federal capital loss carryforwards of $2.1 million, the majority of which will
expire in 2012. The Company also had $2.1 million in state and local capital loss carryforwards
that expire over a similar period of time.
As of
December 31, 2010, the Company had state and local
tax net operating loss carryforwards of $154.5 million, of which $5.4 million expire within one to
five years, $110.0 million expire within six to fifteen years, and $39.1 million expire within
sixteen to twenty years. In addition, the Company had non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards of
$29.0 million, of which $3.3 million expire over the next 20 years and $25.7 million that can be
carried forward indefinitely. As of December 31, 2010 the Company also had foreign tax credit
carryforwards of $4.3 million, the majority of which expire in 2018.
58
The differences between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and the Companys effective tax
rate on income before income taxes for the years ended December 31 follow:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
Statutory tax rate |
|
|
35.0 |
% |
|
|
35.0 |
% |
|
|
35.0 |
% |
State income taxes, net of federal benefit |
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
Foreign income taxed at different rates |
|
|
(6.2 |
) |
|
|
(5.0 |
) |
|
|
(4.4 |
) |
Repatriation of foreign earnings |
|
|
8.5 |
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
Record (release) valuation allowance |
|
|
(12.7 |
) |
|
|
(4.5 |
) |
|
|
(9.2 |
) |
Foreign tax credits |
|
|
(0.8 |
) |
|
|
(1.9 |
) |
|
|
(1.0 |
) |
(Release) increase reserve for tax contingencies |
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
(3.5 |
) |
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
Other items (net) |
|
|
(0.9 |
) |
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective tax rate |
|
|
28.2 |
% |
|
|
28.2 |
% |
|
|
32.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010 and December 31 2009, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits
of $15.8 million and $13.8 million respectively. The increase is primarily attributable to
uncertainties surrounding the utilization of certain carryforward attributes. It is reasonably
possible that the gross unrecognized tax benefits will be decreased by $0.1 million within the next
12 months due primarily to anticipated settlements and the expiration of certain statutes of
limitation.
The Company classifies uncertain tax positions not expected to be settled within one year as long
term liabilities. As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had Other Liabilities
of $15.7 million and $13.5 million respectively related to long term uncertain tax positions.
The Company records accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in its
income tax provision. As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had $3.8 million
and $2.8 million of accrued interest and penalties respectively, related to unrecognized tax
benefits. These amounts are in addition to the gross unrecognized tax benefits noted above. The
total amount of interest and penalties recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for
years ending December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $1.0 million and $(0.5) million, respectively.
The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits,
excluding interest and penalties, for the years ending December 31 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
Beginning balance |
|
$ |
13,804 |
|
|
$ |
16,347 |
|
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year |
|
|
3,999 |
|
|
|
953 |
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years |
|
|
592 |
|
|
|
415 |
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years |
|
|
(137 |
) |
|
|
(334 |
) |
Reductions for expiration of statutes |
|
|
(610 |
) |
|
|
(3,349 |
) |
Settlements |
|
|
(1,668 |
) |
|
|
(447 |
) |
Change in foreign currency exchange rates |
|
|
(156 |
) |
|
|
219 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance |
|
$ |
15,824 |
|
|
$ |
13,804 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2010, the Company repatriated approximately $85.0 million from its foreign subsidiaries. The
cash cost of the repatriation was offset with the utilization of foreign tax credits and capital
loss carryovers.
The number of years with open statutes of limitation varies depending on the tax jurisdiction.
Generally, the Companys statutes are open for tax years ended December 31, 2006 and forward.
Major taxing jurisdictions include the U.S. (federal and state), the United Kingdom, Germany,
Italy, Canada, Japan, the Netherlands, and Ireland.
The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) has completed its examination of the federal income tax return
of the Company for the tax year ended December 31, 2007. In December 2010, the Company received a
report of the audit findings. The Company disagrees with certain of the proposed adjustments and
intends to vigorously dispute this matter through applicable IRS and judicial procedures, as
appropriate. The Company believes that it has recorded reserves sufficient to cover exposures
related to these issues. However, the resolution of such matters involves uncertainties and there
are no assurances that the ultimate resolution will not exceed the amounts recorded. Although the final resolution of the proposed adjustments is uncertain, we believe the
ultimate disposition of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated
financial position, cash flows, or results of operations.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company did not have any undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
outside of the United States. Accordingly, no provision for United States federal and state income taxes has been provided thereon.
59
12 DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING
The Company enters into a limited number of derivative contracts to offset the potentially negative
economic effects of interest rate and foreign exchange movements. The Company accounts for its
outstanding derivative contracts in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815, which requires all
derivatives, to include derivatives designated as accounting hedges, to be recorded on the balance
sheet at fair value.
The following tables provide information regarding the Companys outstanding derivatives contracts
as of, and for, the twelve months ended (in thousands, except for number of outstanding contracts):
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized |
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Contract |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss) |
|
|
|
Outstanding |
|
|
Notional |
|
|
Asset |
|
|
Balance Sheet |
|
Recorded in |
|
Derivative Contract Type |
|
Contracts |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
(Liability) (5) |
|
|
Line Item |
|
OCI (6) |
|
Interest Rate Swap (1) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
$ |
76,500 |
|
|
$ |
(2,625 |
) |
|
Other Liabilities |
|
$ |
|
|
Interest Rate Swap (2) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
71,250 |
|
|
|
(1,341 |
) |
|
Other Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
Interest Rate Swap (3) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
(2,101 |
) |
|
Other Liabilities |
|
|
(1,261 |
) |
Foreign Currency Forwards (4) |
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
250,220 |
|
|
|
618 |
|
|
Other Current Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
66 |
|
|
$ |
597,970 |
|
|
$ |
(5,449 |
) |
|
|
|
$ |
(1,261 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized |
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Contract |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss) |
|
|
|
Outstanding |
|
|
Notional |
|
|
Asset |
|
|
Balance Sheet |
|
Recorded in |
|
Derivative Contract Type |
|
Contracts |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
(Liability) (5) |
|
|
Line Item |
|
OCI (6) |
|
Interest Rate Swap (1) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
$ |
126,000 |
|
|
$ |
(6,594 |
) |
|
Other Liabilities |
|
$ |
(3,956 |
) |
Interest Rate Swap (2) |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
112,500 |
|
|
|
(2,769 |
) |
|
Other Liabilities |
|
|
(1,090 |
) |
Foreign Currency Forwards (4) |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
117,300 |
|
|
|
740 |
|
|
Other Current Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
21 |
|
|
$ |
355,800 |
|
|
$ |
(8,623 |
) |
|
|
|
$ |
(5,046 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Changes in fair value of this swap have been recognized in earnings beginning in the third quarter
of 2010. The swap was previously designated as a cash flow hedge of the forecasted interest
payments on the Companys debt, and as a result the changes in fair value were recorded in OCI,
net of tax effect. Hedge accounting on this interest rate swap was discontinued in the third
quarter of 2010. In December 2010 the Company refinanced its debt, and as a result the remaining
deferred losses previously recorded in OCI were charged to expense (see Note 6 Debt). The swap
matures in January 2012. |
|
(2) |
|
Changes in fair value of this swap have been recognized in earnings beginning in the third quarter
of 2009. The swap was previously designated as a cash flow hedge of the forecasted interest
payments on the Companys debt, and as a result the changes in fair value were recorded in OCI,
net of tax effect. Hedge accounting on this interest rate swap was discontinued in the third
quarter of 2009. In December 2010 the Company refinanced its debt, and as a result the remaining
deferred losses previously recorded in OCI were charged to expense (see Note 6 Debt). The swap
matures in January 2012. |
|
(3) |
|
The Company entered into this swap on December 22, 2010. The Company designated and accounts for
this swap as a cash flow hedge of the forecasted interest payments on borrowings (see Note 6
Debt). |
|
(4) |
|
The Company has foreign exchange transaction risk since it typically enters into transactions in
the normal course of business that are denominated in foreign currencies that differ from the
local functional currencies. The Company enters into short-term foreign currency forward exchange
contracts to offset the economic effects of these foreign currency transaction risks. These
contracts are accounted for at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses recognized
in Other income (expense), net since the Company does not designate these contracts as hedges for
accounting purposes. All 63 of the outstanding contracts at December 31, 2010 matured by the end
of January 2011. |
|
(5) |
|
See Note 13 Fair Value Disclosures for the determination of the fair value of these instruments. |
|
(6) |
|
Represents the unrealized gain (loss) recorded in OCI, net of tax effect. |
60
At December 31, 2010 the Companys derivative counterparties were all large investment grade
financial institutions. The Company did not have any collateral arrangements with its derivative
counterparties, and none of the derivative contracts contained credit-risk related contingent
features.
The following table provides information regarding derivative gains and losses that have been
recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31 (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount recorded in: |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Interest expense, net (1) |
|
$ |
10.7 |
|
|
$ |
9.6 |
|
|
$ |
2.0 |
|
Other (income) expense, net (2) |
|
|
(2.8 |
) |
|
|
(0.7 |
) |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total expense, net |
|
$ |
7.9 |
|
|
$ |
8.9 |
|
|
$ |
2.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes interest expense recorded on interest rate swap contracts. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on foreign currency
forward contracts. |
13 FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES
FASB ASC Topic 820 provides a framework for measuring fair value and a valuation hierarchy based
upon the transparency of inputs used in the valuation of an asset or liability. Classification
within the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the resulting
fair value measurement. The valuation hierarchy contains three levels:
|
|
Level 1 Valuation inputs are unadjusted quoted market prices for identical assets or
liabilities in active markets. |
|
|
Level 2 Valuation inputs are quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets
that are not active, quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets
and other observable inputs directly or indirectly related to the asset or liability being
measured. |
|
|
Level 3 Valuation inputs are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. |
The Companys financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, fees receivable from
customers, accounts payable, and accruals which are normally short-term in nature. The Company
believes the carrying amounts of these financial instruments reasonably approximates their fair
value.
At December 31, 2010, the Company had $220.0 million of floating rate debt outstanding under its
2010 Credit Agreement, which is carried at amortized cost. The Company believes the carrying amount
of the debt reasonably approximates its fair value as the rate of interest on the term loan and
revolver are floating rate which reflect current market rates of interest for similar instruments
with comparable maturities.
The following table presents Company assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring
basis utilizing Level 1 and Level 2 measurement inputs (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
Description: |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
Assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred compensation plan assets (1) |
|
$ |
24,113 |
|
|
$ |
20,214 |
|
Foreign currency forward contracts (2) |
|
|
618 |
|
|
|
740 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
24,731 |
|
|
$ |
20,954 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swap contracts (3) |
|
$ |
6,067 |
|
|
$ |
9,363 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The Company has a supplemental deferred compensation arrangement for
the benefit of certain highly compensated officers, managers and other
key employees (see Note 14 Employee Benefits). The plans assets
consist of investments in money market and mutual funds, and
company-owned life insurance. |
61
|
|
|
|
|
The money market and mutual funds consist of cash equivalents and
securities traded in active markets, and the Company considers the
fair value of these assets to be based on a Level 1 input. These
assets had a fair value of $7.5 million and $8.4 million as of
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The fair value of the
Company-owned life insurance is based on indirectly observable prices
which the Company considers to be Level 2 inputs. These assets had a
fair value of $16.6 million and $11.8 million at December 31, 2010 and
2009, respectively. |
|
(2) |
|
The Company enters into foreign currency forward exchange contracts to
hedge the effects of adverse fluctuations in foreign currency exchange
rates (see Note 12 Derivatives and Hedging). Valuation of the
foreign currency forward contracts is based on foreign currency
exchange rates in active markets; thus the Company measures the fair
value of these contracts under a Level 2 input. |
|
(3) |
|
The Company has three interest rate swap contracts (see Note 12
Derivatives and Hedging). To determine the fair value of the swaps,
the Company relies on mark-to-market valuations prepared by
third-party brokers based on observable interest rate yield curves.
Accordingly, the fair value of the swaps is determined under a Level 2
input. |
With the exception of goodwill, the Company does not utilize Level 3 valuation inputs to measure
any of its assets or liabilities. Level 3 inputs are used by the Company in its periodic impairment
reviews of goodwill. Information regarding the periodic assessment of goodwill is included in Note
1 Business and Significant Accounting Policies.
14 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Savings and investment plan. The Company has a savings and investment plan covering substantially
all domestic employees. Company contributions are based upon the level of employee contributions,
up to a maximum of 4% of the employees eligible salary, subject to an annual maximum. For 2010,
the maximum match was $6,600. In addition, the Company also contributes at least 1% of an
employees base compensation, subject to an IRS annual limitation of $2,450 for 2010. Amounts
expensed in connection with the plan totaled $14.6 million, $13.0 million, and $12.5 million, in
2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
Deferred compensation arrangement. The Company has a supplemental deferred compensation arrangement
for the benefit of certain highly compensated officers, managers and other key employees which is
structured as a rabbi trust. The plans investment assets are classified in Other assets on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. The value of the assets was $24.1 million and $20.2
million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The corresponding deferred compensation liability of $26.9 million and $23.0 million at December
31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, is carried at fair value, and is adjusted with a corresponding
charge or credit to compensation cost to reflect the fair value of the amount owed to the employees
and is included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Total compensation expense
(benefit) recognized for this arrangement was zero in 2010, $0.1 million in 2009, and $(0.4)
million in 2008.
Defined benefit pension plans. The Company has defined-benefit pension plans in several of its
international locations. Benefits earned under these plans are based on years of service and level
of employee compensation. The Company accounts for material defined benefit plans in accordance
with the requirements of FASB ASC Topics 715 and 960.
The following are the components of net periodic pension expense for the years ended December 31
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Service cost |
|
$ |
1,875 |
|
|
$ |
1,465 |
|
|
$ |
1,470 |
|
Interest cost |
|
|
840 |
|
|
|
742 |
|
|
|
717 |
|
Recognition of actuarial (gain)/loss |
|
|
(350 |
) |
|
|
(200 |
) |
|
|
(74 |
) |
Recognition of termination benefits |
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic pension expense |
|
$ |
2,430 |
|
|
$ |
2,199 |
|
|
$ |
2,153 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following are the assumptions used in the computation of net periodic pension expense for the
years ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
Weighted-average discount rate |
|
|
3.95 |
% |
|
|
4.85 |
% |
|
|
5.09 |
% |
Average compensation increase |
|
|
2.80 |
% |
|
|
3.27 |
% |
|
|
3.27 |
% |
62
The weighted-average discount rate was determined by utilizing the yields on long-term
corporate bonds in the relevant country with a duration consistent with the pension obligations.
The following table provides information related to changes in the projected benefit obligation (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year |
|
$ |
14,358 |
|
|
$ |
13,286 |
|
|
$ |
13,224 |
|
Service cost |
|
|
1,875 |
|
|
|
1,465 |
|
|
|
1,470 |
|
Interest cost |
|
|
840 |
|
|
|
742 |
|
|
|
717 |
|
Actuarial gain |
|
|
1,100 |
|
|
|
(1,034 |
) |
|
|
(1,799 |
) |
Addition of foreign pension plan (1) |
|
|
1,961 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits paid (2) |
|
|
(220 |
) |
|
|
(562 |
) |
|
|
(583 |
) |
Foreign currency impact |
|
|
(184 |
) |
|
|
461 |
|
|
|
257 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected benefit obligation at end of year (3) |
|
$ |
19,730 |
|
|
$ |
14,358 |
|
|
$ |
13,286 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The Company adopted the defined benefit pension plan accounting
provisions of FASB ASC Topics 715 and 960 for a foreign pension plan
during 2010. The impact of this adoption was immaterial to the
Companys Consolidated Financial Statements. |
|
(2) |
|
The estimated benefits to be paid in future years are as follows: $0.3
million in 2011; $0.4 million in 2012; $1.0 million in 2013; $1.1
million in 2014; $0.6 million in 2015; and $4.7 million in the five
years thereafter. |
|
(3) |
|
Measured as of December 31. |
The following table provides information related to the funded status of the plans and the amounts
recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
Funded status of the plans: |
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Projected benefit obligation |
|
$ |
19,730 |
|
|
$ |
14,358 |
|
|
$ |
13,286 |
|
Plan assets at fair value (1) |
|
|
(2,130 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status (2) |
|
$ |
17,600 |
|
|
$ |
14,358 |
|
|
$ |
13,286 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets reinsurance asset (3) |
|
$ |
11,680 |
|
|
$ |
10,451 |
|
|
$ |
9,141 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities accrued pension obligation |
|
$ |
17,600 |
|
|
$ |
14,358 |
|
|
$ |
13,286 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity unrealized actuarial gain (4) |
|
$ |
2,205 |
|
|
$ |
3,217 |
|
|
$ |
2,777 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The $2.1 million plan asset as of December 31, 2010 represents the
assets of a defined benefit pension plan for which the Company adopted
the accounting provisions of FASB ASC Topics 715 and 960 in 2010.
These assets are considered assets of the plan for accounting purposes
and are thus not recorded on the Companys Consolidated Balance
Sheets. The assets are maintained with a third-party insurance company
and are invested in a diversified portfolio of equities, bonds, and
other investments. The projected long-term rate of return on these
plan assets is 5.0%. |
|
(2) |
|
The Company expects to contribute $0.7 million to the plans in 2011. |
|
(3) |
|
Consists of a reinsurance asset arrangement with a large international
insurance company that was rated investment grade as of December 31,
2010. The purpose of the reinsurance asset arrangement is to fund the
benefit obligation under one of the Companys foreign defined benefit
pension plans. However, the reinsurance asset is not legally
segregated or restricted for purposes of meeting the pension
obligation and as a result is not acknowledged as a pension plan asset
for accounting purposes. As a result, the reinsurance asset is carried
on the Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets at its cash surrender
value, which the Company believes reasonably approximates its fair
value. |
|
(4) |
|
The balance recorded in Stockholders equity, net of tax effect
represents the plans net unrealized actuarial gain which will be
amortized to net periodic pension cost over approximately 15 years.
Amortization of the unrealized gain at December 31, 2010 is projected
to reduce the Companys net periodic pension cost in 2011 by
approximately $0.1 million. |
63
15 SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company manages its business in three reportable segments: Research, Consulting and Events.
Research consists primarily of subscription-based research products, access to research inquiry, as
well as peer networking services and membership programs. Consulting consists primarily of
consulting, measurement engagements, and strategic advisory services. Events consists of various
symposia, conferences and exhibitions.
The Company evaluates reportable segment performance and allocates resources based on gross
contribution margin. Gross contribution, as presented in the table below, is defined as operating
income excluding certain COS and SG&A expenses, depreciation, acquisition and integration charges,
amortization of intangibles, and Other charges. Certain bonus and fringe benefit costs included in
consolidated COS are not allocated to segment expense. The accounting policies used by the
reportable segments are the same as those used by the Company. There are no intersegment revenues.
The Company earns revenue from clients in many countries. Other than the United States, there is no
individual country in which revenues from external clients represent 10% or more of the Companys
consolidated revenues. Additionally, no single client accounted for 10% or more of total revenue
and the loss of a single client, in managements opinion, would not have a material adverse effect
on revenues.
The Company does not identify or allocate assets, including capital expenditures, by reportable
segment. Accordingly, assets are not being reported by segment because the information is not
available by segment and is not reviewed in the evaluation of performance or making decisions in
the allocation of resources.
The following tables present operating information about the Companys reportable segments for the
years ended December 31 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research |
|
|
Consulting |
|
|
Events |
|
|
Consolidated |
|
2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
865,000 |
|
|
$ |
302,117 |
|
|
$ |
121,337 |
|
|
$ |
1,288,454 |
|
Gross contribution |
|
|
564,527 |
|
|
|
121,885 |
|
|
|
55,884 |
|
|
|
742,296 |
|
Corporate and other expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(593,031 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
149,265 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research |
|
|
Consulting |
|
|
Events |
|
|
Consolidated |
|
2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
752,505 |
|
|
$ |
286,847 |
|
|
$ |
100,448 |
|
|
$ |
1,139,800 |
|
Gross contribution |
|
|
489,862 |
|
|
|
112,099 |
|
|
|
40,945 |
|
|
|
642,906 |
|
Corporate and other expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(508,429 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
134,477 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research |
|
|
Consulting |
|
|
Events |
|
|
Consolidated |
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
$ |
781,581 |
|
|
$ |
347,404 |
|
|
$ |
150,080 |
|
|
$ |
1,279,065 |
|
Gross contribution |
|
|
495,440 |
|
|
|
141,395 |
|
|
|
64,954 |
|
|
|
701,789 |
|
Corporate and other expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(537,421 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
164,368 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys revenues are generated primarily through direct sales to clients by domestic and
international sales forces and a network of independent international sales agents. Most of the
Companys products and services are provided on an integrated worldwide basis, and because of this
integrated delivery, it is not practical to separate precisely our revenues by geographic location.
Accordingly, the separation set forth in the table below is based upon internal allocations, which
involve certain management estimates and judgments. Revenues in the table are reported based on
where the sale is fulfilled; Other International revenues are those attributable to all areas
located outside of the United States, Canada, and Europe, Middle East, Africa.
64
Summarized information by geographic location as of and for the years ended December 31 follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States and Canada |
|
$ |
765,793 |
|
|
$ |
663,832 |
|
|
$ |
723,247 |
|
Europe, Middle East and Africa |
|
|
380,771 |
|
|
|
360,791 |
|
|
|
430,401 |
|
Other International |
|
|
141,890 |
|
|
|
115,177 |
|
|
|
125,417 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues |
|
$ |
1,288,454 |
|
|
$ |
1,139,800 |
|
|
$ |
1,279,065 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived assets (1): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States and Canada |
|
$ |
69,163 |
|
|
$ |
65,896 |
|
|
$ |
67,753 |
|
Europe, Middle East and Africa |
|
|
21,856 |
|
|
|
21,924 |
|
|
|
19,324 |
|
Other International |
|
|
6,175 |
|
|
|
2,404 |
|
|
|
4,325 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-lived assets |
|
$ |
97,194 |
|
|
$ |
90,224 |
|
|
$ |
91,402 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Excludes goodwill and other intangible assets. |
16 VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
The following table summarizes activity in the Companys allowance for doubtful accounts and
returns and allowances (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions |
|
|
Additions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
Charged to |
|
|
Charged |
|
|
Deductions |
|
|
Balance |
|
|
|
Beginning |
|
|
Costs and |
|
|
Against Other |
|
|
from |
|
|
at End |
|
|
|
of Year |
|
Expenses |
|
Accounts (1) |
|
Reserve |
|
of Year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts and returns and allowances |
|
$ |
8,450 |
|
|
$ |
1,650 |
|
|
$ |
5,000 |
|
|
$ |
(7,300 |
) |
|
$ |
7,800 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts and returns and allowances |
|
$ |
7,800 |
|
|
$ |
2,100 |
|
|
$ |
6,000 |
|
|
$ |
(7,800 |
) |
|
$ |
8,100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts and returns and allowances |
|
$ |
8,100 |
|
|
$ |
800 |
|
|
$ |
2,000 |
|
|
$ |
(3,700 |
) |
|
$ |
7,200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Amounts charged against revenues. |
17 SUBSEQUENT EVENT
On February 15, 2011, the Company announced that ValueAct Capital Master Fund L.P
(ValueAct Capital) will sell approximately 8,000,000 shares of the Companys Common Stock
in a registered public offering underwritten by Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and
Goldman, Sachs & Co. The underwriters will also have an option to purchase up to an
additional 1,200,000 shares of the Companys Common Stock from
ValueAct Capital to cover
over-allotments, if any. The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the
shares of its Common Stock in the offering.
The
Company also announced it has entered into an agreement with ValueAct Capital pursuant to
which the Company will purchase an aggregate of 500,000 shares of its Common Stock
from ValueAct Capital at the net price per share to be received by
ValueAct Capital in the offering, so
long as the public offering is completed.
65
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has caused this
Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in Stamford,
Connecticut, on February 15, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gartner, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: February 15, 2011
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Eugene A. Hall
|
|
|
|
|
Eugene A. Hall |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below appoints Eugene A. Hall and Christopher J. Lafond and
each of them, acting individually, as his or her attorney-in-fact, each with full power of
substitution, for him or her in all capacities, to sign all amendments to this Report on Form 10-K,
and to file the same, with appropriate exhibits and other related documents, with the Securities
and Exchange Commission. Each of the undersigned, ratifies and confirms his or her signatures as
they may be signed by his or her attorney-in-fact to any amendments to this Report. Pursuant to the
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Date |
/s/ Eugene A. Hall
Eugene A. Hall
|
|
Director and Chief Executive Officer (Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
February 15, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Christopher J. Lafond
Christopher J. Lafond
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
February 15, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael J. Bingle
Michael J. Bingle
|
|
Director
|
|
February 15, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Richard J. Bressler
Richard J. Bressler
|
|
Director
|
|
February 15, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Karen E. Dykstra
Karen E. Dykstra
|
|
Director
|
|
February 15, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Russell P. Fradin
Russell P. Fradin
|
|
Director
|
|
February 15, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Anne Sutherland Fuchs
Anne Sutherland Fuchs
|
|
Director
|
|
February 15, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ William O. Grabe
William O. Grabe
|
|
Director
|
|
February 15, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Stephen G. Pagliuca
Stephen G. Pagliuca
|
|
Director
|
|
February 15, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ James C. Smith
James C. Smith
|
|
Director
|
|
February 15, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jeffrey W. Ubben
Jeffrey W. Ubben
|
|
Director
|
|
February 15, 2011 |
66
exv4w2
Exhibit 4.2
EXECUTION VERSION
$600,000,000
CREDIT AGREEMENT
among
GARTNER, INC.,
as Borrower,
The Several Lenders from Time to Time Parties Hereto,
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION and RBS CITIZENS, N.A.,
as Co-Syndication Agents,
and
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
Dated as of December 22, 2010
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC, WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC, and RBS CITIZENS, N.A.,
as Joint Lead Arrangers
and
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC, WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC and RBS CITIZENS, N.A., as
Joint Bookrunners
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.1 Defined Terms |
|
|
1 |
|
1.2 Other Definitional Provisions |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 Term Commitments |
|
|
19 |
|
2.2 Procedure for Term Loan Borrowin |
|
|
20 |
|
2.3 Repayment of Term Loans |
|
|
20 |
|
2.4 Revolving Commitments |
|
|
21 |
|
2.5 Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing |
|
|
22 |
|
2.6 Commitment Fees, etc |
|
|
23 |
|
2.7 Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments |
|
|
23 |
|
2.8 Optional Prepayments |
|
|
23 |
|
2.9 Mandatory Prepayments and Commitment Reductions |
|
|
23 |
|
2.10 Conversion and Continuation Options |
|
|
24 |
|
2.11 Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches |
|
|
24 |
|
2.12 Interest Rates and Payment Dates |
|
|
24 |
|
2.13 Computation of Interest and Fees |
|
|
25 |
|
2.14 Inability to Determine Interest Rate |
|
|
25 |
|
2.15 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments |
|
|
25 |
|
2.16 Requirements of Law |
|
|
27 |
|
2.17 Taxes |
|
|
28 |
|
2.18 Indemnity |
|
|
30 |
|
2.19 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs |
|
|
31 |
|
2.20 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders |
|
|
31 |
|
2.21 Defaulting Lenders |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 3. LETTERS OF CREDIT |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 L/C Commitment |
|
|
33 |
|
3.2 Procedure for Issuance of Letter of Credit |
|
|
33 |
|
3.3 Fees and Other Charges |
|
|
34 |
|
3.4 L/C Participations |
|
|
34 |
|
3.5 Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower |
|
|
35 |
|
3.6 Obligations Absolute |
|
|
36 |
|
3.7 Letter of Credit Payments |
|
|
36 |
|
3.8 Applications |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 Financial Condition |
|
|
36 |
|
4.2 No Change |
|
|
37 |
|
4.3 Existence; Compliance with Law |
|
|
37 |
|
4.4 Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations |
|
|
37 |
|
4.5 No Legal Bar |
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
4.6 Litigation |
|
|
38 |
|
4.7 No Default |
|
|
38 |
|
4.8 Ownership of Property; Liens |
|
|
38 |
|
4.9 Intellectual Property |
|
|
38 |
|
4.10 Taxes |
|
|
38 |
|
4.11 Federal Regulations |
|
|
38 |
|
4.12 Labor Matters |
|
|
39 |
|
4.13 ERISA |
|
|
39 |
|
4.14 Investment Company Act; Other Regulations |
|
|
39 |
|
4.15 Subsidiaries |
|
|
39 |
|
4.16 Use of Proceeds |
|
|
39 |
|
4.17 Environmental Matters |
|
|
39 |
|
4.18 Accuracy of Information, etc |
|
|
40 |
|
4.19 Solvency |
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT |
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.1 Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit |
|
|
40 |
|
5.2 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit |
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS |
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.1 Financial Statements |
|
|
42 |
|
6.2 Certificates; Other Information |
|
|
43 |
|
6.3 Payment of Obligations |
|
|
44 |
|
6.4 Maintenance of Existence; Compliance |
|
|
44 |
|
6.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance |
|
|
44 |
|
6.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions |
|
|
44 |
|
6.7 Notices |
|
|
44 |
|
6.8 Environmental Laws |
|
|
45 |
|
6.9 Additional Subsidiaries |
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS |
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.1 Financial Condition Covenants |
|
|
46 |
|
7.2 Indebtedness |
|
|
46 |
|
7.3 Liens |
|
|
47 |
|
7.4 Fundamental Changes |
|
|
49 |
|
7.5 Disposition of Property |
|
|
50 |
|
7.6 Restricted Payments |
|
|
51 |
|
7.7 Reserved |
|
|
52 |
|
7.8 Investments |
|
|
52 |
|
7.9 Transactions with Affiliates |
|
|
54 |
|
7.10 Sales and Leasebacks |
|
|
54 |
|
7.11 Swap Agreements |
|
|
54 |
|
7.12 Changes in Fiscal Periods |
|
|
54 |
|
7.13 Negative Pledge Clauses |
|
|
54 |
|
7.14 Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions |
|
|
55 |
|
7.15 Lines of Business |
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
SECTION 8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT |
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.1 Events of Default |
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 9. THE AGENTS |
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.1 Appointment |
|
|
58 |
|
9.2 Delegation of Duties |
|
|
58 |
|
9.3 Exculpatory Provisions |
|
|
58 |
|
9.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent |
|
|
58 |
|
9.5 Notice of Default |
|
|
59 |
|
9.6 Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders |
|
|
59 |
|
9.7 Indemnification |
|
|
59 |
|
9.8 Agent in Its Individual Capacity |
|
|
60 |
|
9.9 Successor Administrative Agent |
|
|
60 |
|
9.10 Co-Syndication Agents |
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS |
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.1 Amendments and Waivers |
|
|
60 |
|
10.2 Notices |
|
|
62 |
|
10.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies |
|
|
63 |
|
10.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties |
|
|
63 |
|
10.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes |
|
|
63 |
|
10.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments |
|
|
64 |
|
10.7 Adjustments; Set-off |
|
|
66 |
|
10.8 Counterparts |
|
|
67 |
|
10.9 Severability |
|
|
67 |
|
10.10 Integration |
|
|
67 |
|
10.11 GOVERNING LAW |
|
|
67 |
|
10.12 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers |
|
|
67 |
|
10.13 Acknowledgements |
|
|
68 |
|
10.14 Releases of Guarantees |
|
|
68 |
|
10.15 Confidentiality |
|
|
69 |
|
10.16 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL |
|
|
69 |
|
10.17 USA PATRIOT Act |
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULES: |
|
|
|
1.1A
|
|
Commitments |
4.6
|
|
Litigation |
4.9
|
|
Intellectual Property |
4.10
|
|
Tax Claims |
4.15
|
|
Subsidiaries |
7.2(d)
|
|
Existing Indebtedness |
7.3(f)
|
|
Existing Liens |
7.8(e)
|
|
Existing Investments |
|
|
|
EXHIBITS:
|
A
|
|
Form of Guarantee |
B
|
|
Form of Compliance Certificate |
C
|
|
Form of Closing Certificate |
D
|
|
Form of Assignment and Assumption |
E
|
|
Form of Legal Opinion of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP |
F
|
|
Form of Exemption Certificate |
G
|
|
Form of Increasing Lender Supplement |
H
|
|
Form of Augmenting Lender Supplement |
CREDIT AGREEMENT (this Agreement), dated as of December 22, 2010 among GARTNER,
INC., a Delaware corporation (the Borrower), the several banks and other financial
institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (the Lender), WELLS
FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION and RBS CITIZENS, N.A., as co-syndication agents (in such
capacity, the Co-Syndication Agents), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative
agent (the Administrative Agent).
The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective
meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.
ABR: for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16
of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds
Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Eurodollar Rate that would be
calculated as of such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, as of the next preceding Business
Day) in respect of a proposed Eurodollar Loan with a one-month Interest Period plus 1.0%.
Any change in the ABR due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or such
Eurodollar Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the day of such change in the
Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or such Eurodollar Rate, respectively.
ABR Loans: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the ABR.
Adjustment Date: as defined in the definition of Applicable Margin.
Administrative Agent: JPMorgan Chase Bank, together with its affiliates, as the
arranger of the Commitments and as the administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents, together with any of its successors.
Affiliate: as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in
control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this
definition, control of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 20%
or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or persons
performing similar functions) of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management
and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.
Agents: the collective reference to the Co-Syndication Agents and the
Administrative Agent.
Aggregate Exposure: with respect to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to (a)
until the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of such Lenders Commitments at such time and (b)
thereafter, the sum of (i) the aggregate then unpaid principal amount of such Lenders Term Loans
and (ii) the amount of such Lenders Revolving Commitment then in effect or, if the Revolving
Commitments have been terminated, the amount of such Lenders Revolving Extensions of Credit then
outstanding.
Aggregate Exposure Percentage: with respect to any Lender at any time, the ratio
(expressed as a percentage) of such Lenders Aggregate Exposure at such time to the Aggregate
Exposure of all
Lenders at such time; provided, that in the case of Section 2.21 when a
Defaulting Lender shall exist, Aggregate Exposure Percentage shall mean the percentage of the
Aggregate Exposure of all
2
Lenders (disregarding any Defaulting Lenders Aggregate Exposure)
represented by such Lenders Aggregate Exposure. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the
Aggregate Exposure Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in
effect, giving effect to any assignments and to any Lenders status as a Defaulting Lender at the
time of determination.
Agreement: as defined in the preamble hereto.
Applicable Margin: for each Type of Loan or the Commitment Fee Rate, the rate per
annum set forth under the relevant column heading below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated |
|
Applicable Margin |
|
Applicable Margin |
|
Commitment Fee |
Level |
|
|
|
|
|
Leverage Ratio |
|
for Eurodollar Loans |
|
for ABR Loans |
|
Rate |
I |
|
|
|
|
|
> 2.50 to 1.00 |
|
|
2.25 |
% |
|
|
1.25 |
% |
|
|
0.40 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
> 1.75 to 1.00 < |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
II |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.50 to 1.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
% |
|
|
1.00 |
% |
|
|
0.35 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
> 1.00 to 1.00 < |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
III |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.75 to 1.00 |
|
|
|
1.75 |
% |
|
|
0.75 |
% |
|
|
0.30 |
% |
IV |
|
|
|
|
|
< 1.00 to 1.00 |
|
|
1.50 |
% |
|
|
0.50 |
% |
|
|
0.25 |
% |
The Applicable Margin on the Closing Date and through the first two full fiscal quarters of the
Borrower completed after the Closing Date shall be no less than the rate per annum set forth in
Level II above. Changes in the Applicable Margin resulting from changes in the Consolidated
Leverage Ratio shall become effective on the date (the Adjustment Date) that is three
Business Days after the date on which financial statements are delivered to the Lenders pursuant to
Section 6.1 and shall remain in effect until the next change to be effected pursuant to this
paragraph. If any financial statements referred to above are not delivered within the time periods
specified in Section 6.1, then, until the date that is three Business Days after the date on which
such financial statements are delivered, the highest Applicable Margin shall apply. Each
determination of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio pursuant hereto shall be made in a manner
consistent with the determination thereof pursuant to Section 7.1(a).
Application: an application, in such form as the Issuing Lender may specify from
time to time, requesting the Issuing Lender to open a Letter of Credit.
Approved Fund: as defined in Section 10.6(b).
Asset Sale: any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions of
property (excluding any such Disposition permitted by clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (g) of
Section 7.5) that yields gross proceeds to any Group Member (valued at the initial principal amount
thereof in the case of non-cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt securities and valued at
fair market value in the case of other non-cash proceeds) in excess of $50,000,000.
Assignee: as defined in Section 10.6(b).
Assignment and Assumption: an Assignment and Assumption, substantially in the form
of Exhibit D.
Augmenting Revolving Lender: as defined in Section 2.4(b).
3
Augmenting Term Lender: as defined in Section 2.1(b).
Available Revolving Commitment: as to any Revolving Lender at any time, an amount
equal to the excess, if any, of (a) such Lenders Revolving Commitment then in effect over
(b) such Lenders Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding.
Bankruptcy Event: with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a
bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator,
custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization
or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or in the good faith determination of the
Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to,
approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a
Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of
any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof,
provided, further, that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such
Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the
enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such
Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts
or agreements made by such Person.
Benefitted Lender: as defined in Section 10.7(a).
Board: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States
(or any successor).
Borrower: as defined in the preamble hereto.
Borrowing Date: any Business Day specified by the Borrower as a date on which the
Borrower requests the relevant Lenders to make Loans hereunder.
Business Day: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial
banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close, provided, that with
respect to notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest
on, Eurodollar Loans, such day is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in
the interbank eurodollar market.
Capital Lease Obligations: as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay
rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or
personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and
accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes
of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount
thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.
Capital Stock: any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents
(however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests
in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any
of the foregoing.
Cash Equivalents: (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally
guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full
faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of
acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits or overnight bank
deposits having maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued by any Lender
(or any Affiliate or
4
Subsidiary thereof) or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or
any state thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000; (c) commercial
paper of an issuer rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poors Ratings Services (S&P) or P-1
by Moodys Investors Service, Inc. (Moodys), or carrying an equivalent rating by a
nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing
ratings of commercial paper issuers generally (or any Affiliate or Subsidiary thereof), and
maturing within six months from the date of acquisition; (d) repurchase obligations of any Lender
or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a
term of not more than 30 days, with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by
the United States government; (e) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of
acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United
States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or
territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory,
political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at
least A by S&P or A by Moodys; (f) securities with maturities of six months or less from the date
of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender (or any Affiliate or
Subsidiary thereof) or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this
definition; (g) money market mutual or similar funds that invest primarily in assets satisfying the
requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition; or (h) money market funds that (i)
comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended, (ii) are rated A by S&P and A1 by Moodys and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least
$5,000,000,000.
Closing Date: the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.1
shall have been satisfied.
Co-Syndication Agent: as defined in the preamble hereto.
Code: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
Commitment: as to any Lender, the sum of the Term Commitment and the Revolving
Commitment of such Lender.
Commitment Fee Rate: at any date, the rate set forth under the heading Commitment
Fee Rate in the definition of Applicable Margin.
Commonly Controlled Entity: an entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under
common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group
that includes the Borrower and that is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
Compliance Certificate: a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer
substantially in the form of Exhibit B.
Conduit Lender: any special purpose corporation organized and administered by any
Lender for the purpose of making Loans otherwise required to be made by such Lender and designated
by such Lender in a written instrument; provided, that the designation by any Lender of a
Conduit Lender shall not relieve the designating Lender of any of its obligations to fund a Loan
under this Agreement if, for any reason, its Conduit Lender fails to fund any such Loan, and the
designating Lender (and not the Conduit Lender) shall have the sole right and responsibility to
deliver all consents and waivers required or requested under this Agreement with respect to its
Conduit Lender, and provided, further, that no Conduit Lender shall (a) be entitled
to receive any greater amount pursuant to Section 2.16, 2.17, 2.18 or 10.5 than the designating
Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the extensions of credit made by such
Conduit Lender or (b) be deemed to have any Commitment.
5
Confidential Information Memorandum: the Confidential Information Memorandum dated
November 2010 and furnished to certain Lenders.
Consolidated EBITDA: for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period
plus, without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in the statement of such
Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of (a) income tax expense, (b) interest expense,
amortization or writeoff of debt discount and debt issuance costs and commissions, discounts and
other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness (including the Loans), (c) depreciation,
accretion and amortization expense, (d) amortization of intangibles (including, but not limited to,
goodwill) and organization costs, (e) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring expenses or
losses not to exceed 12.50% of Consolidated EBITDA for any fiscal year (calculated on a Pro Forma
Basis) and any extraordinary non-cash or non-recurring non-cash expenses or losses (each including,
in any event, (i) compensation charges or other expenses or charges arising from the grant of or
issuance of stock, stock options, other equity-based awards, stock appreciation rights or
restricted stock units to the directors, officers and employees of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, (ii) loss on investments excluding marketable securities, (iii) writeoffs of fixed
assets not included in depreciation, and (iv) writeoffs or impairment of any goodwill or intangible
assets), (f) costs and expenses incurred in connection with Permitted Acquisitions (as defined in
Section 7.4), Material Dispositions, and debt issuances or equity financings, including
restructuring and integration expenses (to the extent not consummated, not to exceed $25,000,000),
(g) non-cash charges related to the application of purchase accounting for Permitted Acquisitions,
(h) non-cash losses relating to hedging activities, (i) charges taken related to stock repurchases,
and (j) any other non-cash charges and minus, (a) to the extent included in the statement
of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of (i) interest income, (ii) any
extraordinary non-cash or non-recurring non-cash income or gains (including, whether or not
otherwise includable as a separate item in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such
period) in the ordinary course of business), (iii) income tax credits (to the extent not netted
from income tax expense), and (iv) any other non-cash income (other than accruals of revenue by the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business) and (b) any cash payments made
during such period in respect of items described in clauses (e)(i) and (j) above subsequent to the
fiscal quarter in which the relevant non-cash expenses or losses were reflected as a charge in the
statement of Consolidated Net Income, all as determined on a consolidated basis.
Consolidated Interest Expense: for any period, total cash interest expense
(including that attributable to Capital Lease Obligations) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for
such period with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
(including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of
credit and bankers acceptance financing and net payments made (less net payments, if any,
received) under Swap Agreements in respect of interest rates to the extent such net payments are
allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP) minus, to the extent included in cash interest
expense, any payments required in connection with the termination of any Swap Agreements and all
premiums paid, gains/losses incurred, charges and fees paid, in each case by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries in connection with the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Indebtedness.
Consolidated Interest Expense Ratio: for any period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated
EBITDA for such period to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period.
Consolidated Leverage Ratio: as at the last day of any period, the ratio of (a)
Consolidated Total Debt on such day to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such period.
Consolidated Net Income: for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;
provided that there shall be excluded (a) the income (or deficit) of any Person accrued
prior to the date it becomes a
6
Subsidiary of the Borrower or, other than an existing Subsidiary, is merged into or
consolidated with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) the income (or deficit) of any
Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Borrower) in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income is actually received by the
Borrower or such Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions, (c) the
undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the extent that the declaration or
payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary to the Borrower or another
Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of any Contractual Obligation (other than
under any Loan Document) or Requirement of Law applicable to such Subsidiary, (d) any gain (or
loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary
(including pursuant to any sale and leaseback arrangement) which is not sold or otherwise disposed
of in the ordinary course of business, (e) any net after-tax gain (loss) attributable to the early
repurchase, extinguishment or conversion of Indebtedness, hedging obligations or other derivative
instruments, (f) any unrealized foreign currency gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any
Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person, and (g) any
income or loss from discontinued operations.
Consolidated Total Debt: at any date, the aggregate principal amount of all
Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date, determined on a consolidated basis
in accordance with GAAP.
Contractual Obligation: as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by
such Person or of any material agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a
party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
Credit Party: the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or any other Lender.
Default: any of the events specified in Section 8, whether or not any requirement
for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.
Defaulting Lender: any Lender that (a) has failed, within two Business Days of the
date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of
its participations in Letters of Credit or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount
required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies
the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lenders good faith
determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the
particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Credit
Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect
to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public
statement indicates that such position is based on such Lenders good faith determination that a
condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to
funding a loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in
which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by a
Credit Party, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized
officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet
such obligations) to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of
Credit under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender
pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Credit Partys receipt of such certification in form and
substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has become the subject of a
Bankruptcy Event.
Designated Foreign Currencies: Australian dollars, Canadian dollars, Euros, Hong
Kong dollars, New Zealand dollars, Singapore dollars, Sterling, Swiss francs, Indian rupees, Korean
won, Mexican pesos and Yen.
7
Disposition: with respect to any property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback,
assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof. The terms Dispose and
Disposed of shall have correlative meanings.
Dollars and $: dollars in lawful currency of the United States.
Dollar Equivalent: with respect to any amount in respect of any Letter of Credit
denominated in any Designated Foreign Currency, at any date of determination thereof, an amount in
Dollars equivalent to such amount calculated on the basis of the Spot Rate of Exchange.
Domestic Subsidiary: any Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the laws of any
jurisdiction within the United States.
Environmental Laws: any and all applicable foreign, Federal, state, local or
municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of
any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including common law) regulating, relating
to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of human health as it
relates to any Materials of Environmental Concern, or the protection of the environment, as now or
may at any time hereafter be in effect.
ERISA: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to
time.
Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements: for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the
aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve
requirements in effect on such day (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves)
under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect
thereto dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred
to as Eurocurrency Liabilities in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a member bank of the
Federal Reserve System.
Eurodollar Base Rate: with respect to each day during each Interest Period
pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum determined on the basis of the rate for
deposits in Dollars for a period equal to such Interest Period commencing on the first day of such
Interest Period appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 A.M., London time, two
Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period. In the event that such rate does not
appear on such page (or otherwise on such screen), the Eurodollar Base Rate shall be
determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying
eurodollar rates as may be selected by the Administrative Agent or, in the absence of such
availability, by reference to the rate at which the Administrative Agent is offered Dollar deposits
at or about 11:00 A.M., New York City time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such
Interest Period in the interbank eurodollar market where its eurodollar and foreign currency and
exchange operations are then being conducted for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period
for the number of days comprised therein.
Eurodollar Loans: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the
Eurodollar Rate.
Eurodollar Rate: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to
a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum determined for such day in accordance with the following
formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100,000th of 1%):
8
|
|
|
Eurodollar Base Rate |
|
|
1.00 Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements
|
|
|
Eurodollar Tranche: the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans under a particular
Facility the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and
end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been made on the same
day).
Event of Default: any of the events specified in Section 8, provided that
any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.
Exchange Act: as defined in Section 8.1(j).
Existing Credit Agreement: the credit agreement dated as of January 31, 2007, among
the Borrower, the several lenders from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
the administrative agent, and the other agents party thereto, as amended.
Facility: each of (a) the Term Commitments and the Term Loans made thereunder (the
Term Facility) and (b) the Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made
thereunder (the Revolving Facility).
FATCA: Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement and
any regulations or official interpretations thereof.
Federal Funds Effective Rate: for any day, the weighted average of the rates on
overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal
funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the
quotations for the day of such transactions received by JPMorgan Chase Bank from three federal
funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
Fee Payment Date: (a) the third Business Day following the last day of each March,
June, September and December and (b) the last day of the Revolving Commitment Period.
Foreign Subsidiary: any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic
Subsidiary.
Funding Office: the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.2 or
such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding
office by written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders.
GAAP: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect
from time to time, except that for purposes of Section 7.1, GAAP shall be determined on the basis
of such principles in effect on the date hereof and consistent with those used in the preparation
of the most recent audited financial statements referred to in Section 4.1. In the event that any
Accounting Change (as defined below) shall occur and such change results in a change in the
method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then the
Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to enter into negotiations in order to amend such
provisions of this Agreement so as to reflect equitably such Accounting Changes with the desired
result that the criteria for evaluating the Borrowers financial condition shall be the same after
such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made. Until such time as such
an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and
the Required Lenders, all financial covenants, standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue
to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Changes had not occurred.
9
Accounting Changes refers to changes in accounting principles required by (x) the
promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting
Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or, if applicable, the
SEC, or (y) the adoption by the Borrower of International Financial Reporting Standards.
Governmental Authority: any nation or government, any state or other political
subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank
or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative
functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory
organization (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners).
Group Members: the collective reference to the Borrower and its respective
Subsidiaries.
Guarantee: the Guarantee to be executed and delivered by each Subsidiary Guarantor,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A.
Guarantee Obligation: as to any Person (the guaranteeing person), any
obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing
person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a
separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that
guarantees or in effect guarantees, any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the
primary obligations) of any other third Person (the primary obligor) in any
manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person,
whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting
direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or
payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the
primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to
purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any
such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary
obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation
against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee
Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary
course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be
deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary
obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for
which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such
Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such
guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such
Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing persons maximum reasonably anticipated liability
in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.
Increasing Revolving Lender: as defined in Section 2.4(b).
Increasing Term Lender: as defined in section 2.1(b).
Incremental Amendment: as defined in Section 2.1(b).
Incremental Extensions of Credit: as defined in Section 2.1(b).
Incremental Facility Closing Date: as defined in Section 2.1(b).
Incremental Term Loans: as defined in Section 2.1(b).
10
Incremental Yield: as defined in Section 2.1(b).
Indebtedness: of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness
of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase
price or deferred consideration or similar arrangements in respect of property or services (other
than current trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Persons business), (c) all
obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d)
all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement
with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller
or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such
property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person,
contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of acceptances,
letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (g) all Guarantee Obligations of such
Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above, (h) all
obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above secured by (or for which the
holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any
Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such
Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, and (i) for the purposes of
Section 8.1(e) only, all obligations of such Person in respect of Swap Agreements. For the
avoidance of doubt, neither deferred compensation nor any pension obligations or liabilities shall
be deemed to constitute Indebtedness. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the
Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general
partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Persons ownership
interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such
Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor.
Insolvency: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is
insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.
Insolvent: pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.
Intellectual Property: the collective reference to all rights, priorities and
privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or
foreign laws or otherwise, including, without limitation, copyrights, copyright licenses, patents,
patent licenses, domain names, trademarks, trademark licenses, technology, know-how and processes,
and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof,
including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.
Interest Payment Date: (a) as to any ABR Loan, the last day of each March, June,
September and December to occur while such Loan is outstanding and the final maturity date of such
Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day
of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three
months, each day that is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such
Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period, and (d) as to any Loan (other than any
Revolving Loan that is an ABR Loan), the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect
thereof.
Interest Period: as to any Eurodollar Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing on
the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and
ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of
borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and (b)
thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable
to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the
Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M., New York City
time, on the date that is three Business Days prior to the
11
last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that, all
of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:
(i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day,
such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result
of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in
which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;
(ii) the Borrower may not select an Interest Period under a particular Facility that
would extend beyond the Revolving Termination Date or beyond the date final payment is due
on the Term Loans, as the case may be;
(iii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or
on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the
end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and
(iv) the Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to require a payment or
prepayment of any Eurodollar Loan during an Interest Period for such Loan.
Investments: as defined in Section 7.8.
Issuing Lender: JPMorgan Chase Bank or any affiliate thereof, in its capacity as
issuer of any Letter of Credit.
JPMorgan Chase Bank: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
L/C Commitment: $40,000,000.
L/C Obligations: at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then
undrawn and unexpired amount of the then outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount
of drawings under Letters of Credit that have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 3.5.
The L/C Obligations in respect of any Letter of Credit in a Designated Foreign Currency shall be
deemed for the purposes of calculating the Available Revolving Commitments and similar amounts from
time to time and commitment fees and Letter of Credit and fronting fees to be equal to the Dollar
Equivalent of the amount of such Designated Foreign Currency as at the date of issuance thereof,
and such Dollar Equivalent shall be thereafter re-calculated by the Issuing Lender from time to
time in its discretion (but no less often than quarterly); any such determination by the Issuing
Lender of any such Dollar Equivalent amount shall be conclusive and binding on the other parties
hereto in the absence of manifest error.
L/C Participants: the collective reference to all the Revolving Lenders other than
the Issuing Lender.
Lenders: as defined in the preamble hereto; provided, that unless the
context otherwise requires, each reference herein to the Lenders shall be deemed to include any
Conduit Lender.
Letters of Credit: as defined in Section 3.1(a).
Lien: any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement,
encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference,
priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever
(including any
12
conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially
the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
Loan: any loan made by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.
Loan Documents: this Agreement, the Guarantee, the Notes and any amendment, waiver,
supplement or other modification to any of the foregoing.
Loan Parties: each Group Member that is a party to a Loan Document.
Majority Facility Lenders: with respect to any Facility, the holders of more than
50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans or the Total Revolving Extensions of
Credit, as the case may be, outstanding under such Facility (or, in the case of the Revolving
Facility, prior to any termination of the Revolving Commitments, the holders of more than 50% of
the Total Revolving Commitments).
Margin Stock: margin stock as defined in Regulation U.
Material Acquisition: any acquisition of assets or series of related acquisitions of
property that (a) constitutes assets comprising all or substantially all of an operating unit of a
business or constitutes all or substantially all of the common stock of a Person and (b) involves
the payment of consideration by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in excess of $1,000,000.
Material Adverse Effect: a material adverse effect on (a) the business, property,
operations, or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the
validity or enforceability of any of the material provisions of this Agreement or any of the other
Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or
thereunder.
Material Disposition: any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions
of property that yields gross proceeds to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of
$1,000,000.
Material Subsidiary: any Subsidiary of the Borrower that either (i) holds assets
having a total book value of greater than two percent (2%) of the total assets held by the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (as determined as of the end of the fiscal quarter
immediately preceding the date of determination) or (ii) has revenues representing greater than
five percent (5%) of total revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (for the
period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended at or prior to such time and for
which financial statements are available); provided, that (x) any Subsidiary that directly
or indirectly owns a Material Subsidiary shall itself be a Material Subsidiary and (y) in the event
Subsidiaries that would otherwise not be Material Subsidiaries shall in the aggregate account for a
percentage in excess of 10% of the total assets attributable to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
taken as a whole (as determined as of the end of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date
of determination) or 30% of the revenue of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (for
the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended at or prior to such time and for
which financial statements are available) then, in each case, one or more of such Subsidiaries
designated by the Borrower (or, if the Borrower shall make no designation, one or more of such
Subsidiaries in descending order based on their respective contributions to the total assets held
by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole), shall be included as Material Subsidiaries
to the extent necessary to eliminate such excess.
Materials of Environmental Concern: any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil
or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and
urea-formaldehyde
13
insulation and any other substances, materials or wastes, defined or regulated as hazardous
or toxic, under, or that could give rise to liability pursuant to, any Environmental Law.
Multiemployer Plan: a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section
4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
Net Cash Proceeds: (a) in connection with any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event, the
proceeds thereof in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by
way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price
adjustment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received), net of attorneys fees,
accountants fees, investment banking fees, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of
Indebtedness secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset that is the subject of
such Asset Sale or Recovery Event and other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in
connection therewith and net of taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result
thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing
arrangements) and (b) in connection with any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or any incurrence of
Indebtedness, the cash proceeds received from such issuance or incurrence, net of attorneys fees,
investment banking fees, accountants fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other
customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith.
Non-Excluded Taxes: as defined in Section 2.17(a).
Non-U.S. Lender: as defined in Section 2.17(d).
Notes: the collective reference to any promissory note evidencing Loans.
Obligations: the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing
after the maturity of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and interest accruing after the
filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like
proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition
interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans and all other obligations and liabilities of the
Borrower to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender (or, in the case of Specified Swap
Agreements, any affiliate of any Lender), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due
or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in
connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Letters of Credit, any Specified Swap
Agreement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith,
whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs,
expenses (including all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or
to any Lender that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant hereto) or otherwise.
Other Taxes: any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other
excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from
the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any
other Loan Document, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
Parent: with respect to any Lender, any Person as to which such Lender is, directly
or indirectly, a subsidiary.
Participant: as defined in Section 10.6(c).
Participant Register: as defined in Section 10.6(c)(i).
14
PBGC: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A
of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor).
Permitted Acquisitions: as defined in Section 7.4.
Permitted Preferred Stock: preferred stock issued by the Borrower that (a) does not
require any repurchase or redemption (other than conversion or exchange into the common stock of
the Borrower), whether contingent or not, prior to the date that is eight months after the
Revolving Termination Date and (b) is in the Borrowers good faith opinion on terms and conditions
customary in the relevant capital markets for preferred stock issued by issuers similar to the
Borrower.
Permitted Senior Unsecured Debt: senior unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower that
(a) requires no scheduled cash payments of principal and no mandatory repurchase or redemption
obligations prior to the date that is six months after the Revolving Termination Date, other than
in connection with a change of control of Borrower or similar event or an asset disposition and (b)
does not impose financial maintenance (as distinct from incurrence) covenants on the Borrower
or any of the Subsidiaries that are more restrictive than the maintenance covenants herein.
Permitted Subordinated Debt: subordinated, unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower
that (a) requires no scheduled cash payments of principal and no mandatory repurchase or redemption
obligations prior to the date that is six months after the Revolving Termination Date, other than
in connection with a change of control of Borrower or similar event or an asset disposition, (b)
does not impose financial maintenance (as distinct from incurrence) covenants on the Borrower
or any of the Subsidiaries that are more restrictive than the maintenance covenants herein, and (c)
contains customary subordination terms that are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
Person: an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company,
business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental
Authority or other entity of whatever nature.
Plan: at a particular time, any employee benefit plan that is covered by ERISA and
in respect of which the Borrower or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were
terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an employer as
defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
Prime Rate: the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City (the
Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by JPMorgan Chase Bank,
N.A. in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).
Pro Forma Basis: with respect to any calculation made at any time that is, at any
date or for any period, after taking into account (a) any Material Acquisition or Material
Disposition and (b) any redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance, discharge or incurrence of
Indebtedness that has occurred by such time as though such Material Acquisition, Material
Disposition, redemption, repurchase, retirement, discharge or incurrence had occurred at or prior
to such date or on the first day of such period, as the case may be.
Projections: as defined in Section 6.2(c).
Properties: as defined in Section 4.17(a).
15
Recovery Event: any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty
insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Group Member.
Register: as defined in Section 10.6(b).
Regulation U: Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.
Reimbursement Obligation: the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Issuing
Lender pursuant to Section 3.5 for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit.
Reimbursement Percentage: as defined in Section 3.5.
Reinvestment Deferred Amount: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate
Net Cash Proceeds received by any Group Member in connection therewith that are not applied to
prepay the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.9(c) as a result of the delivery of a Reinvestment
Notice.
Reinvestment Event: any Asset Sale or Recovery Event in respect of which the
Borrower has delivered a Reinvestment Notice.
Reinvestment Notice: a written notice executed by a Responsible Officer stating
that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that the Borrower (directly or
indirectly through a Subsidiary) intends and expects to use all or a specified portion of the Net
Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale or Recovery Event to acquire or repair assets useful in its
business.
Reinvestment Prepayment Amount: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the
Reinvestment Deferred Amount relating thereto less any amount expended prior to the relevant
Reinvestment Prepayment Date to acquire or repair assets useful in the Borrowers business.
Reinvestment Prepayment Date: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the earlier
of (a) the date occurring twelve months after such Reinvestment Event and (b) the date on which the
Borrower shall have determined not to, or shall have otherwise ceased to, acquire or repair assets
useful in the Borrowers business with all or any portion of the relevant Reinvestment Deferred
Amount.
Reorganization: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such
plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.
Reportable Event: any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other
than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is waived under subsections .27, .28, .29, .30, .31, .32, .34 or .35 of PBGC Reg. § 4043.
Required Lenders: at any time, the holders of more than 50% of (a) until the
Closing Date, the Commitments then in effect and (b) thereafter, the sum of (i) the aggregate
unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding and (ii) the Total Revolving Commitments
then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the Total Revolving
Extensions of Credit then outstanding.
Requirement of Law: as to any Person, the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws
or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or
regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each
case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or
any of its property is subject.
16
Responsible Officer: the chief executive officer, president, chief financial
officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of the Borrower, but in any event, with respect to
financial matters, the chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of the Borrower.
Restricted Payments: as defined in Section 7.6.
Revolving Commitment: as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to
make Revolving Loans and participate in Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal and/or face
amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading Revolving Commitment opposite such
Lenders name on Schedule 1.1A or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender
became a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.
The original amount of the Total Revolving Commitments is $400,000,000.
Revolving Commitment Period: the period from and including the Closing Date to the
Revolving Termination Date.
Revolving Commitment Increase: as defined in Section 2.4.
Revolving Extensions of Credit: as to any Revolving Lender at any time, an amount
equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans held by such Lender
then outstanding and (b) such Lenders Revolving Percentage of the L/C Obligations then
outstanding.
Revolving Facility: as defined in the definition of Facility.
Revolving Lender: each Lender that has a Revolving Commitment or that holds
Revolving Loans.
Revolving Loans: as defined in Section 2.4(a).
Revolving Percentage: as to any Revolving Lender at any time, the percentage which
such Lenders Revolving Commitment then constitutes of the Total Revolving Commitments or, at any
time after the Revolving Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the
aggregate principal amount of such Lenders Revolving Loans then outstanding constitutes of the
aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans then outstanding, provided, that, in the
event that the Revolving Loans are paid in full prior to the reduction to zero of the Total
Revolving Extensions of Credit, the Revolving Percentages shall be determined in a manner designed
to ensure that the other outstanding Revolving Extensions of Credit shall be held by the Revolving
Lenders on a comparable basis.
Revolving Termination Date: December 22, 2015.
SEC: the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any
analogous Governmental Authority.
Single Employer Plan: any Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but that is
not a Multiemployer Plan.
Solvent: when used with respect to any Person, means that, as of any date of
determination, (a) the amount of the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person
will, as of such date, exceed the amount of all liabilities of such Person, contingent or
otherwise, as of such date, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable
federal and state laws governing
17
determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets
of such Person will, as of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the
liability of such Person on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured, (c) such Person
will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct its
business, and (d) such Person will be able to pay its debts as they mature. The amount of
contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts
and circumstances existing at the time, represents the amount that would reasonably be expected to
become an actual or matured liability.
Specified Swap Agreement: any Swap Agreement entered into by the Borrower and any
Lender or affiliate thereof at the time of entering into such Swap Agreement in respect of interest
rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices.
Spot Rate of Exchange: with respect to any Designated Foreign Currency, at any date
of determination thereof, the spot rate of exchange in London that appears on the display page
applicable to such Designated Foreign Currency on the Telerate System (or such other page as may
replace such page for the purpose of displaying the spot rate of exchange in London); provided that
if there shall at any time no longer exist such a page, the spot rate of exchange shall be
determined by reference to another similar rate publishing service selected by the Administrative
Agent and, if no such similar rate publishing service is available, by reference to the published
rate of the Administrative Agent in effect at such date for similar commercial transactions.
Subsidiary: as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company
or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power
(other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the
happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such
corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is
otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such
Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a Subsidiary or to Subsidiaries in this
Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.
Subsidiary Guarantor: each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Material
Subsidiary.
Swap Agreement: any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or
derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or
more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic,
financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any
similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom
stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or
former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
shall be a Swap Agreement.
Term Commitment: as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make a
Term Loan to the Borrower in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the
heading Term Commitment opposite such Lenders name on Schedule 1.1A. The original aggregate
amount of the Term Commitments is $200,000,000.
Term Commitment Increase: as defined in Section 2.1.
Term Facility: as defined in the definition of Facility.
Term Lender: each Lender that has a Term Commitment or that holds a Term Loan.
18
Term Loan: as defined in Section 2.1.
Term Percentage: as to any Term Lender at any time, the percentage which such
Lenders Term Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Term Commitments (or, at any time after
the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lenders Term Loans
then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding).
Total Revolving Commitments: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving
Commitments then in effect.
Total Revolving Extensions of Credit: at any time, the aggregate amount of the
Revolving Extensions of Credit of the Revolving Lenders outstanding at such time.
Transferee: any Assignee or Participant.
Type: as to any Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.
United States: the United States of America.
Weighted Average Life to Maturity: when applied to any Indebtedness at any date,
the number of years obtained by dividing:
(a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then
remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (ii) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date
and the making of such payment; by
(b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
Wholly Owned Subsidiary: as to any Person, any other Person all of the Capital
Stock of which (other than directors qualifying shares or similar third party share agreements
required by law) is owned by such Person directly and/or through other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.
Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor: any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of the Borrower.
Withholding Agent: any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.
1.2 Other Definitional Provisions. (a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the
defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or
delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.
(b) As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made
or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms relating to any Group Member not
defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not
defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP (provided that,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, all accounting or financial terms used herein
shall be construed, and all financial computations pursuant hereto shall be made, without giving
effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159 (or any other
Financial Accounting Standard having a similar effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of any Group Member at fair
value, as defined therein), (ii) the words include, includes and including shall be deemed
to be followed by
19
the phrase without limitation, (iii) the word incur shall be construed to
mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words
incurred and incurrence shall have correlative meanings), (iv) the words asset and property
shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and
intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts,
leasehold interests and contract rights, and (v) references to agreements or other Contractual
Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual
Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
(c) The words hereof, herein and hereunder and words of similar import, when used in
this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of
this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise
specified.
(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the
singular and plural forms of such terms.
SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS
2.1 Term Commitments. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Term Lender severally agrees to make a
term loan (a Term Loan) to the Borrower in Dollars on the Closing Date in an amount not
to exceed the amount of the Term Commitment of such Lender. The Term Loans may from time to time
be Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative
Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.10.
(b) (i) The Borrower may at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by notice to
the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each
of the Lenders), request one or more additional tranches of term loans (the Incremental Term
Loans and such borrowing, an Incremental Extension of Credit); provided that
both at the time of any such request and upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment
referred to below, no Default or Event of Default shall exist. Each Incremental Extension of
Credit shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $5,000,000. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary herein, the aggregate amount of any Incremental Extension of Credit, when
taken together with all other Incremental Extensions of Credit and all Revolving Commitment
Increases, shall not exceed $150,000,000. The Incremental Term Loans shall rank pari passu in right
of payment and of security with the Term Loans. The Incremental Term Loans (i) shall not mature
earlier than the Revolving Termination Date and shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity no
shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term Loans (except by virtue of
amortization of or prepayment of the Term Loans and prepayments of scheduled amortization prior to
such date of determination) and (i) except as set forth above and below, shall be treated
substantially the same as the Term Loans (in each case, including with respect to mandatory and
voluntary prepayments); provided that (x) the interest rates (subject to clause (y) below)
and amortization schedule (subject to clause (i) above) applicable to the Incremental Term Loans
shall be determined by the Borrower and the lenders thereof, (y) in the event that the yield on any
Incremental Term Loans (taking into account interest margins, minimum Eurodollar Base Rate, minimum
ABR, upfront fees and OID on such term loans with upfront fees and OID equated to interest margins
based on an assumed four year life to maturity, but excluding upfront fees, ticking fees, arranging
fees and any other fees not paid to the market generally) (the Incremental Yield) exceeds
the yield on the Term Facility by more than 0.50%, then the interest margins for the Term Loans shall automatically
be increased to a level such that the yield on the Term Loans shall be 0.50% below the Incremental
Yield and (z) to the extent such terms applicable to the Incremental Term Loans are not consistent
with the then
20
existing Term Loans (except as permitted by the immediately preceding clause (x))
such terms shall be mutually agreed to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
(ii) Each notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall set forth the requested
amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Extension of Credit. The Borrower may arrange
for any such increase to be provided by one or more Lenders (each Lender so agreeing to an increase
in its Term Commitment, an Increasing Term Lender), or by one or more new banks,
financial institutions or other entities (each such new bank, financial institution or other
entity, an Augmenting Term Lender); provided that (i) each Augmenting Term
Lender, shall be subject to the approval of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (such
approval by the Administrative Agent not to be unreasonably withheld) and (ii) (x) in the case of
an Increasing Term Lender, the Borrower and such Increasing Term Lender execute an agreement
substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto, and (y) in the case of an Augmenting Term Lender,
the Borrower and such Augmenting Term Lender execute an agreement substantially in the form of
Exhibit H hereto.
(iii) Commitments in respect of Incremental Term Loans shall become Commitments under this
Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an Incremental Amendment) to this Agreement and, as
appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide
such Commitment, if any, each Incremental Term Lender, if any, each Augmenting Term Lender, if any,
and the Administrative Agent. The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of any other
Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary
or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect
the provisions of this Section; provided that any amendments included in any Incremental
Amendment meant to effect changes not relating to this Section 2.1(b) shall require the vote of the
Lenders as described in Section 10.1 hereof. The making of any loans pursuant to any Incremental
Amendment shall not be effective unless on the date thereof (each, an Incremental Facility
Closing Date), after giving effect to such Incremental Extension of Credit (i) the conditions
set forth in Section 5.2 are satisfied, (ii) the Borrower shall be in compliance with Section 7.1,
(iii) the Administrative Agent shall have received documents consistent with those delivered on the
Closing Date under Section 5.1(f) as to the corporate power and authority of the Borrower to borrow
hereunder after giving effect to such increase, and (iv) such other conditions as the parties
thereto shall agree. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans for any
purpose not prohibited by this Agreement. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental
Term Loans unless it so agrees.
2.2 Procedure for Term Loan Borrowing. The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be
received by the Administrative Agent prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, one Business Day
prior to the anticipated Closing Date) requesting that the Term Lenders make the Term Loans on the
Closing Date and specifying the amount to be borrowed. The Term Loans made on the Closing Date
shall initially be ABR Loans. Upon receipt of such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly
notify each Term Lender thereof. Not later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the Closing
Date each Term Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an
amount in immediately available funds equal to the Term Loan or Term Loans to be made by such
Lender. The Administrative Agent shall credit the account of the Borrower on the books of such
office of the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the
Administrative Agent by the Term Lenders in immediately available funds.
2.3 Repayment of Term Loans. The Term Loan of each Lender shall mature in 19 consecutive quarterly installments, each of
which shall be in an amount equal to such Lenders Term Percentage multiplied by the amount set
forth below opposite such installment:
21
|
|
|
|
|
Installment |
|
Principal Amount |
March 31, 2011 |
|
$ |
5,000,000 |
|
June 30, 2011 |
|
$ |
5,000,000 |
|
September 30, 2011 |
|
$ |
5,000,000 |
|
December 31, 2011 |
|
$ |
5,000,000 |
|
March 31, 2012 |
|
$ |
7,500,000 |
|
June 30, 2012 |
|
$ |
7,500,000 |
|
September 30, 2012 |
|
$ |
7,500,000 |
|
December 31, 2012 |
|
$ |
7,500,000 |
|
March 31, 2013 |
|
$ |
10,000,000 |
|
June 30, 2013 |
|
$ |
10,000,000 |
|
September 30, 2013 |
|
$ |
10,000,000 |
|
December 31, 2013 |
|
$ |
10,000,000 |
|
March 31, 2014 |
|
$ |
12,500,000 |
|
June 30, 2014 |
|
$ |
12,500,000 |
|
September 30, 2014 |
|
$ |
12,500,000 |
|
December 31, 2014 |
|
$ |
12,500,000 |
|
March 31, 2015 |
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
June 30, 2015 |
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
September 30, 2015 |
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
Revolving Termination Date |
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
2.4 Revolving Commitments. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Revolving Lender severally agrees to
make revolving credit loans (Revolving Loans) to the Borrower in Dollars from time to
time during the Revolving Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount at any one time
outstanding which, when added to such Lenders Revolving Percentage of the L/C Obligations then
outstanding does not exceed the amount of such Lenders Revolving Commitment. During the Revolving
Commitment Period the Borrower may use the Revolving Commitments by borrowing, prepaying the
Revolving Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and
conditions hereof. The Revolving Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans, as
determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.5
and 2.10.
(b) The Borrower may from time to time elect to increase the Revolving Commitments (a
Revolving Commitment Increase) in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 so long as, after giving
effect thereto, the aggregate amount of the Term Commitment Increases and Revolving Commitment
Increases does not exceed $150,000,000. The Borrower may arrange for any such increase to be
provided by one or more Lenders (each Lender so agreeing to an increase in its Revolving
Commitment, an Increasing Revolving Lender), or by one or more new banks, financial institutions
or other entities (each such new bank, financial institution or other entity, an Augmenting
Revolving Lender), to increase their existing Revolving Commitments, or extend Revolving
Commitments, as the case may be, provided that (i) each Augmenting Revolving Lender, shall be
subject to the approval of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (such approval by the
Administrative Agent not to be unreasonably withheld) and (ii) (x) in the case of an Increasing
Revolving Lender, the Borrower and such Increasing Revolving Lender execute an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit G
hereto, and (y) in the case of an Augmenting Revolving Lender, the Borrower and such Augmenting
Revolving Lender execute an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto. Increases and
new Revolving Commitments created pursuant to this clause shall become effective on the date agreed
by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (such approval by the Administrative Agent not to be
unreasonably withheld) and the relevant Increasing Revolving Lenders or Augmenting Revolving
Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Lender thereof. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, no increase in the
22
Revolving Commitments (or in the Revolving Commitment of any
Lender), shall become effective under this paragraph unless, (i) on the proposed date of the
effectiveness of such increase, the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 5.2
shall be satisfied or waived by the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have
received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by a Responsible Officer of the
Borrower, (ii) after giving effect to such Revolving Commitment Increase, the Borrower shall be in
compliance with Section 7.1, and (iii) the Administrative Agent shall have received documents
consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date under Section 5.1(f) as to the corporate power
and authority of the Borrower to borrow hereunder after giving effect to such increase. On the
effective date of any increase in the Revolving Commitments, (i) each relevant Increasing Revolving
Lender and Augmenting Revolving Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent such
amounts in immediately available funds as the Administrative Agent shall determine, for the benefit
of the other Revolving Lenders, as being required in order to cause, after giving effect to such
increase and the use of such amounts to make payments to such other Revolving Lenders, each
Revolving Lenders portion of the outstanding Revolving Loans of all the Revolving Lenders to equal
its Revolving Percentage of such outstanding Revolving Loans, and (ii) the Borrower shall be deemed
to have repaid and reborrowed all outstanding Revolving Loans as of the date of any increase in the
Revolving Commitments (with such reborrowing to consist of the Types of Revolving Loans, with
related Interest Periods if applicable, specified in a notice delivered by the Borrower in
accordance with the requirements of Section 2.5). The deemed payments made pursuant to clause (ii)
of the immediately preceding sentence in respect of each Eurodollar Loan shall be subject to
indemnification by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.18 if the deemed payment
occurs other than on the last day of the related Interest Periods.
(c) The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Loans on the Revolving Termination
Date.
2.5 Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing. The Borrower may borrow under the Revolving Commitments during the Revolving Commitment
Period on any Business Day, provided that the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent
irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 12:00 Noon,
New York City time, (a) three Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of
Eurodollar Loans, or (b) one Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of ABR
Loans) (provided that any such notice of a borrowing of ABR Loans under the Revolving Facility to
finance payments required by Section 3.5 may be given not later than 10:00 A.M., New York City
time, on the date of the proposed borrowing), specifying (i) the amount and Type of Revolving Loans
to be borrowed, (ii) the requested Borrowing Date and (iii) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the
respective amounts of each such Type of Loan and the respective lengths of the initial Interest
Period therefor. Any Revolving Loans made on the Closing Date shall initially be ABR Loans. Each
borrowing under the Revolving Commitments shall be in an amount equal to (x) in the case of ABR
Loans, $1,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Revolving
Commitments are less than $1,000,000, such lesser amount) and (y) in the case of Eurodollar Loans,
$5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Upon receipt of any such notice
from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender thereof.
Each Revolving Lender will make the amount of its pro rata share of each borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the
account of the Borrower at the Funding Office prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the
Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower in funds immediately available to the Administrative
Agent. Such borrowing will then be made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent
crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of such office with the aggregate of the amounts
made available to the Administrative Agent by the Revolving Lenders and in like funds as received
by the Administrative Agent.
23
2.6 Commitment Fees, etc. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each
Revolving Lender a commitment fee for the period from and including the date hereof to the last day
of the Revolving Commitment Period, computed at the Commitment Fee Rate on the average daily amount
of the Available Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the period for which payment is made,
payable quarterly in arrears on each Fee Payment Date, commencing on the first such date to occur
after the date hereof.
(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees in the amounts and on the
dates as set forth in any fee agreements with the Administrative Agent and to perform any other
obligations contained therein.
2.7 Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments. The Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three Business Days notice to the
Administrative Agent, to terminate the Revolving Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the
amount of the Revolving Commitments; provided that no such termination or reduction of Revolving
Commitments shall be permitted to the extent that, after giving effect thereto and to any
prepayments of the Revolving Loans made on the effective date thereof, the Total Revolving
Extensions of Credit would exceed the Total Revolving Commitments. Any such reduction shall be in
an amount equal to $5,000,000, or a whole multiple thereof, and shall reduce permanently the
Revolving Commitments then in effect.
2.8 Optional Prepayments. The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part,
without premium or penalty, upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent no later
than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, three Business Days prior thereto, in the case of Eurodollar
Loans, and no later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, one Business Day prior thereto, in the
case of ABR Loans, which notice shall specify the date and amount of prepayment and whether the
prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans; provided, that if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on
any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall also
pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.18. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative
Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount
specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with
(except in the case of Revolving Loans that are ABR Loans) accrued interest to such date on the
amount prepaid. Partial prepayments of Term Loans and Revolving Loans shall be in an aggregate
principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof.
2.9 Mandatory Prepayments and Commitment Reductions. (a) If on any date any Group Member shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset
Sale or Recovery Event, and the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Borrower for the most
recently ended four fiscal quarters is greater than 2.00 to 1.00, then, unless a Reinvestment
Notice shall be delivered in respect thereof, an amount equal to 50% of such Net Cash Proceeds
shall be applied on such date toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in Section
2.9(b); provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, on each Reinvestment Prepayment
Date, an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant
Reinvestment Event shall be applied toward the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in Section
2.9(b).
(b) Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.9 shall be
applied to the prepayment of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.15(b). The application of
any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.9 shall be made, first, to ABR Loans and,
second, to Eurodollar Loans. Each prepayment of the Loans under Section 2.9 shall be
accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid.
24
2.10 Conversion and Continuation Options. (a) The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans by
giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election no later than 11:00 A.M.,
New York City time, on the Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date, provided that any
such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may only be made on the last day of an Interest Period with
respect thereto. The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans
by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election no later than 11:00
A.M., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date (which
notice shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefor), provided that no ABR Loan
under a particular Facility may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect
of such Facility have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversions.
Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender
thereof.
(b) Any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current
Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving irrevocable notice to the
Administrative Agent, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term Interest
Period set forth in Section 1.1, of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to
such Loans, provided that no Eurodollar Loan under a particular Facility may be continued
as such when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has
or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of such Facility have determined in its or their sole
discretion not to permit such continuations, and provided, further, that if the
Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this paragraph or if such
continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such Loans shall be automatically
converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any
such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.
2.11 Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings, conversions and
continuations of Eurodollar Loans and all selections of Interest Periods shall be in such amounts
and be made pursuant to such elections so that, (a) after giving effect thereto, the aggregate
principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Eurodollar Tranche shall be equal to
$5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (b) no more than ten Eurodollar
Tranches shall be outstanding at any one time.
2.12 Interest Rates and Payment Dates. (a) Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with
respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate determined for such day plus the
Applicable Margin.
(b) Each ABR Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the ABR plus the Applicable
Margin.
(c) (i) If all or a portion of the principal amount of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation
shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), all
outstanding Loans and Reimbursement Obligations (whether or not overdue) shall bear interest at a
rate per annum equal to (x) in the case of the Loans, the rate that would otherwise be applicable
thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section plus 2% or (y) in the case of
Reimbursement Obligations, the rate applicable to ABR Loans under the Revolving Facility
plus 2%, and (ii) if all or a portion of any interest payable on any Loan or Reimbursement
Obligation or any commitment fee or other amount payable hereunder shall not be paid when due
(whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear
interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate then applicable to ABR Loans under the relevant
Facility plus 2% (or, in the case of any such other amounts that do not relate to a
particular Facility, the rate then applicable to ABR Loans under the
25
Revolving Facility
plus 2%), in each case, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, from the date of such
non-payment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).
(d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that
interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable from time to time on
demand.
2.13 Computation of Interest and Fees. (a) Interest and fees payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a
360-day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to ABR Loans the rate of
interest on which is calculated on the basis of the Prime Rate, the interest thereon shall be
calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days
elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the
relevant Lenders of each determination of a Eurodollar Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a
Loan resulting from a change in the ABR or the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements shall become
effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The
Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of
the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.
(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any
provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the
absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower, deliver
to the Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining
any interest rate pursuant to Section 2.12(a).
2.14 Inability to Determine Interest Rate. If prior to the first day of any Interest Period:
(a) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive
and binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market,
adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such
Interest Period, or
(b) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Majority Facility Lenders in
respect of the relevant Facility that the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such
Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as conclusively
certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest
Period,
the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Borrower and the
relevant Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. If such notice is given (x) any Eurodollar
Loans under the relevant Facility requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period
shall be made as ABR Loans, (y) any Loans under the relevant Facility that were to have been
converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Eurodollar Loans shall be continued as ABR
Loans and (z) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be converted, on
the last day of the then-current Interest Period, to ABR Loans. Until such notice has been
withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility
shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert Loans under
the relevant Facility to Eurodollar Loans.
2.15 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments. (a) Each borrowing by the Borrower from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by the
Borrower on account of any commitment fee and any reduction of the Commitments of the Lenders shall
be made pro rata according to the respective Term Percentages or Revolving Percentages, as the case
may be, of the relevant Lenders.
26
(b) Each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrower on account of principal of and
interest on the Term Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective
outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans then held by the Term Lenders. The amount of each
principal prepayment of the Term Loans shall be applied to reduce the then remaining installments
of the Term Loans pro rata based upon the then remaining principal amounts thereof.
Amounts prepaid on account of the Term Loans may not be reborrowed.
(c) Each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrower on account of principal of and
interest on the Revolving Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective
outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Loans then held by the Revolving Lenders.
(d) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on
account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and
shall be made prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the due date thereof to the
Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, at the Funding Office, in Dollars and in
immediately available funds. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the
Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. If any payment hereunder (other than
payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such
payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan
becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended
to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such
payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately
preceding Business Day. In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the
preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such
extension.
(e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to
a borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such
borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such
Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent
may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If
such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing
Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such amount with
interest thereon, at a rate equal to the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) a
rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank
compensation, for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the
Administrative Agent. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with
respect to any amounts owing under this paragraph shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest
error. If such Lenders share of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent
by such Lender within three Business Days after such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall
also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to
ABR Loans under the relevant Facility, on demand, from the Borrower.
(f) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by the Borrower prior
to the date of any payment due to be made by the Borrower hereunder that the Borrower will not make
such payment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower is
making such payment, and the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, in reliance
upon such assumption, make available to the Lenders their respective pro rata
shares of a corresponding amount. If such payment is not made to the Administrative Agent by the
Borrower within three Business Days after such due date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled
to recover, on demand, from each Lender to which any amount which was made available pursuant to
the preceding sentence, such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum equal to the daily
average Federal
27
Funds Effective Rate. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the
Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrower.
2.16 Requirements of Law. (a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or
application thereof or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not
having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to
the date hereof:
(i) shall subject any Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this
Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any Application or any Eurodollar Loan made by it, or
change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for in
each case Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes, which are covered by Section 2.17, changes in
the rate or basis of imposition of tax imposed on or measured by the net income of such
Lender, franchise taxes in lieu of such net income taxes and branch profits taxes);
(ii) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory
loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for
the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition
of funds by, any office of such Lender that is not otherwise included in the determination
of the Eurodollar Rate; or
(iii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition affecting this Agreement;
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender, by an amount that
such Lender reasonably deems to be material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining
Eurodollar Loans or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or to reduce any amount
receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, the Borrower shall promptly pay
such Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such
increased cost or reduced amount receivable. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any
additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph, it shall promptly notify the Borrower in writing
(with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so
entitled.
(b) If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement
of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by
such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding
capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority made
subsequent to the date hereof shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lenders
or such corporations capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under or in respect
of any Letter of Credit to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have
achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lenders or
such corporations policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount reasonably deemed by
such Lender to be material, then from time to time, after submission by such Lender to the Borrower
(with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor, the Borrower shall pay to
such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such corporation
for such reduction; provided, that the Borrower shall not be required to pay additional
amounts to compensate any Lender for (i) any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes, which are covered
by Section 2.17 or (ii) any change in the rate or basis of imposition of applicable taxes imposed
on or measured by net income, franchise taxes in lieu of such net income taxes and branch profits
taxes.
28
(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the issuance of any rules, regulations or
directions under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests,
rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith after the date of this
Agreement shall be deemed to be a change in a Requirement of Law; provided that the
protection of this Section 2.16(c) shall be available to each Lender and Issuing Lender regardless
of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the law, rule, regulation,
guideline or other change or condition which shall have occurred or been imposed, so long as it
shall be customary for Lenders or Issuing Lenders affected thereby to comply therewith. No Lender
or Issuing Lender shall be entitled to compensation under this Section 2.16(c) with respect to any
date unless it shall have notified the Borrower that it will demand compensation pursuant to this
Section 2.16(c) not more than 90 days after the date on which it shall have become aware of such
incurred costs or reductions. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, no Lender or Issuing
Lender shall demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.16(c) if it shall not at the time be
the general policy or practice of such Lender or Issuing Lender (as the case may be) to demand such
compensation in similar circumstances under comparable provisions of other credit agreements, if
any.
(d) A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by
any Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall set forth in reasonable
detail the calculation of such amounts and shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the Borrower shall not be required to
compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any amounts incurred more than nine months prior
to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lenders intention to claim compensation
therefor; provided that, if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive
effect, then such nine-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive
effect. The obligations of
the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the
payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
2.17 Taxes . (a) All payments made by or on behalf of any Loan Party under this Agreement or any other
Loan Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on
account of, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or
withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental
Authority, excluding net income taxes, branch profits taxes and franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of
net income taxes) imposed on the Administrative Agent or any Lender by the jurisdiction under the
laws of which the Administrative Agent or such Lender is organized or as a result of a present or
former connection between the Administrative Agent or such Lender and the jurisdiction of the
Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof
or therein (other than any such connection arising solely from the Administrative Agent or such
Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or
enforced, this Agreement or any other Loan Document) (such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts,
duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, the Non-Excluded Taxes);
provided that, if any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are required to be withheld from
any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as determined in good faith by the
applicable Withholding Agent, (i) such amounts shall be paid to the relevant Governmental Authority
in accordance with applicable law and (ii) the amounts so payable by the applicable Loan Party to
the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to the
Administrative Agent or such Lender (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes
including any such taxes imposed on amounts payable under this Section) interest or any such other
amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement as if such
withholding or deduction had not been made, provided further, however, that
the Borrower shall not be required to increase any such amounts payable to the Administrative Agent
or any Lender with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes (i) that are attributable to such Lenders
failure to comply with the requirements of paragraph (d), (e) or (f) of this Section or (ii) that
are United States withholding taxes resulting from
29
any Requirement of Law in effect (including
FATCA) on the date the Administrative Agent or such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or
designates a new lending office, except to the extent that the Administrative Agent or such Lender
(or its assignor (if any)) was entitled, immediately prior to such designation of a new lending
office or at the time of assignment, as applicable, to receive additional amounts from the Borrower
with respect to such Non-Excluded Taxes pursuant to this paragraph.
(b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority
in accordance with applicable law.
(c) Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are payable by the Borrower, as promptly as
possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for
the account of the relevant Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official
receipt received by the Borrower showing payment thereof. If (i) the Borrower fails to pay any
Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority, (ii) the Borrower
fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary
evidence or (iii) any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are imposed directly upon the
Administrative Agent or any Lender, the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders for such amounts and any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable
by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure, in the case of (i) and
(ii), or any such direct imposition, in the case of (iii).
(d) Each Lender (or Transferee) that is not a United States Person as defined in Section
7701(a)(30) of the Code (a Non-U.S. Lender) shall deliver to the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender from which the related
participation shall have been purchased) (i) two copies of U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
Form W-8BEN, Form W-8ECI or Form W-8IMY (together with any applicable underlying IRS forms), (ii)
in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section
871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of portfolio interest, a statement
substantially in the form of Exhibit F and the applicable IRS Form W-8, or any subsequent versions
thereof or successors thereto, properly completed and duly executed by such Non-U.S. Lender
claiming complete exemption from, or a reduced rate of, U.S. federal withholding tax on all
payments by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or (iii) any other form
prescribed by applicable requirements of U.S. federal income tax law as a basis for claiming
exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax duly completed together with such
supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law to permit the
Borrower and the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be
made. Such forms shall be delivered by each Non-U.S. Lender on or before the date it becomes a
party to this Agreement (or, in the case of any Participant, on or before the date such Participant
purchases the related participation) and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the
Borrower or the Administrative Agent. In addition, each Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver such forms
promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Non-U.S.
Lender. Each Non-U.S. Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at
any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered
certificate to the Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. taxing
authorities for such purpose). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, a Non-U.S.
Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this Section that such Non-U.S. Lender
is not legally able to deliver.
(e) A Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of non-U.S. withholding tax
under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such
jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the
Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable
law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed
and executed
30
documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made
without withholding or at a reduced rate, provided that such Lender is legally entitled to
complete, execute and deliver such documentation and in such Lenders judgment such completion,
execution or submission would not materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such
Lender.
(f) The Administrative Agent and each Lender, in each case that is organized under the laws of
the United States or a state thereof, shall, on or before the date of any payment by the Borrower
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to, or for the account of, such Administrative
Agent or Lender, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a
Participant, to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased), two
duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, or successor form, certifying that such
Administrative Agent or Lender is a United States Person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of
the Code) and that such Administrative Agent or Lender is entitled to a complete exemption from
United States backup withholding tax.
(g) If the Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has
received a refund of any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by a
Loan Party or with respect to which a Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this
Section 2.17, it shall pay over such refund to such Loan Party (but only to the extent of indemnity
payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Loan Party under this Section 2.17 with respect
to the Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket
expenses of
the Administrative Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by
the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided, that such Loan
Party, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid
over to such Loan Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant
Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative
Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This
paragraph shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make
available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems
confidential) to any Loan Party or any other Person.
(h) Each Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent for the full amount of any taxes,
levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions, withholdings or similar charges imposed by any
Governmental Authority that are attributable to such Lender and that are payable or paid by the
Administrative Agent, together with all interest, penalties, reasonable costs and expenses arising
therefrom or with respect thereto, as determined by the Administrative Agent in good faith. A
certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the
Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error; provided that if it is
demonstrated to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent that any Lender has
overpaid in respect of any such amounts due, the Administrative Agent shall reimburse such Lender
for such overpaid amount.
(i) The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the
payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
2.18 Indemnity . The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender for, and to hold each Lender harmless from,
any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the
Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the
Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment of or conversion from Eurodollar
Loans after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement or (c) the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on a day that is not the last day
of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Such indemnification may include an amount equal to
the excess, if any, of
31
(i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount so prepaid,
or not so borrowed, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of
such failure to borrow, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the
case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on
the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Loans provided
for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the
amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender
on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the
interbank eurodollar market. A certificate setting forth the calculation in reasonable detail as
to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted to the Borrower by any Lender shall be
conclusive in the absence of manifest error. This covenant shall survive the termination of this
Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
2.19 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs . If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Sections
2.15(e), 2.15(f), 3.4, 3.5 or 9.7, then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion and
notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (i) apply any amounts thereafter received by the
Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender for the benefit of the Administrative Agent or
the Issuing Lender to satisfy such Lenders obligations to it under such Section until all such
unsatisfied
obligations are fully paid, and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account as cash
collateral for, and application to, any future funding obligations of such Lender under any such
Section, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii) above, in any order as determined by the
Administrative Agent in its discretion.
2.20 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders . (a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.16, or if the Borrower is required
to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any
Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a
different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and
obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of
such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant
to Section 2.16 or 2.17, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender
to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The
Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in
connection with any such designation or assignment.
(b) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.16, or does not consent to any
proposed amendment, supplement, modification, consent, or waiver of this Agreement or any other
Loan Document requested by the Borrower which requires the consent of all the Lenders (including
such Lenders consent) and which has been consented to by 66⅔% of the Lenders, or if the Borrower
is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the
account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, or if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then
the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative
Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject
to the restrictions contained in Section 10.6), all its interests, rights and obligations under
this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another
Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) such assignment does not
conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing at the time of such assignment, (ii) the Borrower shall be liable to the assigning
Lender under Section 2.18 if any Eurodollar Loan owing to such assigning Lender shall be purchased
other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, (iii) until such time as such
assignment shall be consummated, the Borrower shall pay all additional amounts (if any) required
pursuant to Section 2.16 or 2.17(a), as the case may be, (iv) if the assignee is not already a
Lender, the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and
if a Revolving Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Lender), which consent shall not
unreasonably be
32
withheld, (v) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the
outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in Letters of Credit, accrued interest
thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the
extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of
all other amounts), (vi) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation
under Section 2.16 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17, such assignment will
result in a reduction in such compensation or payments and (vii) any such assignment shall not be
deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender
shall have against the replaced Lender. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment
and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the
circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
2.21 Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a
Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a
Defaulting Lender:
(a) fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting
Lender pursuant to Section 2.6;
(b) the Commitments of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the
Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any
amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 10.1); provided, that this clause (b)
shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other
modification requiring the consent of such Lender or each Lender affected thereby;
(c) if any L/C Obligations exist at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:
(i) all or any part of the L/C Obligations of such Defaulting Lender shall be
reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Aggregate
Exposure Percentages but only to the extent the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders Aggregate
Exposure Percentages plus such Defaulting Lenders L/C Obligations does not exceed the total
of all non-Defaulting Lenders Commitments;
(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially,
be effected, the Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by the
Administrative Agent cash collateralize for the benefit of the Issuing Lender only the
Borrowers obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lenders L/C Obligations (after
giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with
the procedures set forth in Section 8.1 for so long as such L/C Obligations are outstanding;
(iii) if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lenders L/C
Obligations pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay any
fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 3.3 with respect to such Defaulting
Lenders L/C Obligations during the period such Defaulting Lenders L/C Obligations are cash
collateralized;
(iv) if the L/C Obligations of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to
clause (i) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.6 and Section
3.3 shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders Aggregate Exposure
Percentages; and
33
(v) if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lenders L/C Obligations is neither
reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, then, without
prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuing Lender or any other Lender hereunder, all
Letter of Credit fees payable under Section 3.3 with respect to such Defaulting Lenders L/C
Obligations shall be payable to the Issuing Lender until and to the extent that such L/C
Obligations are reallocated and/or cash collateralized; and
(d) so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Lender shall not be required to
issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and
the Defaulting Lenders then outstanding L/C Obligations will be 100% covered by the Commitments of
the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance
with
Section 2.21(c), and participating interests in any newly issued or increased Letter of Credit
shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.21(c)(i) (and
such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).
If (i) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to a Parent of any Lender shall occur following the
date hereof and for so long as such event shall continue or (ii) the Issuing Lender has a good
faith belief that any Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other
agreements in which such Lender commits to extend credit, the Issuing Lender shall not be required
to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless the Issuing Lender, shall have entered
into arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender, satisfactory to the Issuing Lender, to defease
any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.
In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Issuing Lender each agrees
that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a
Defaulting Lender, then the L/C Obligations of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the
inclusion of such Lenders Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of
the Loans of the other Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in
order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Aggregate Exposure Percentage.
SECTION 3. LETTERS OF CREDIT
3.1 L/C Commitment. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Lender, in reliance on the
agreements of the other Revolving Lenders set forth in Section 3.4(a), agrees to issue letters of
credit (Letters of Credit) for the account of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and with
the Borrower as the applicant on any Business Day during the Revolving Commitment Period in such
form as may be approved from time to time by the Issuing Lender; provided that the Issuing Lender
shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance,
(i) the L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Commitment or (ii) the aggregate amount of the
Available Revolving Commitments would be less than zero. Each Letter of Credit shall (i) be
denominated in Dollars or in any Designated Foreign Currency and (ii) expire no later than the
earlier of (x) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (y) the date that is five Business
Days prior to the Revolving Termination Date, provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year
term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event
extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y) above).
(b) The Issuing Lender shall not at any time be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit if
such issuance would conflict with, or cause the Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant to exceed any
limits imposed by, any applicable Requirement of Law.
3.2 Procedure for Issuance of Letter of Credit. The Borrower may from time to time request that the Issuing Lender issue a Letter of Credit
by delivering to the Issuing Lender at its address
34
for notices specified herein an Application
therefor, completed to the satisfaction of the Issuing Lender, and such other certificates,
documents and other papers and information as the Issuing Lender may request. Upon receipt of any
Application, the Issuing Lender will process such Application and the certificates, documents and
other papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance with its
customary procedures and shall promptly issue the Letter of Credit requested thereby (but in no
event shall the Issuing Lender be required to issue any Letter of Credit earlier than three
Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates,
documents and other papers and information relating thereto) by issuing the
original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to
by the Issuing Lender and the Borrower. The Issuing Lender shall furnish a copy of such Letter of
Credit to the Borrower promptly following the issuance thereof. The Issuing Lender shall promptly
furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall in turn promptly furnish to the Lenders, notice of
the issuance of each Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof).
3.3 Fees and Other Charges. (a) The Borrower will pay a fee on all outstanding Letters of Credit at a per annum rate
equal to the Applicable Margin then in effect with respect to Eurodollar Loans under the Revolving
Facility, shared ratably among the Revolving Lenders and payable quarterly in arrears on each Fee
Payment Date after the issuance date. In addition, the Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Lender
for its own account a fronting fee of 0.25% per annum on the undrawn and unexpired amount of each
Letter of Credit, payable quarterly in arrears on each Fee Payment Date after the issuance date.
Such fees shall be payable in Dollars.
(b) In addition to the foregoing fees, the Borrower shall pay or reimburse the Issuing Lender
for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by the Issuing Lender
in issuing, negotiating, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of
Credit.
3.4 L/C Participations. (a) The Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each L/C
Participant, and, to induce the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit, each L/C Participant
irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from the Issuing Lender,
on the terms and conditions set forth below, for such L/C Participants own account and risk an
undivided interest equal to such L/C Participants Revolving Percentage in the Issuing Lenders
obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit and the amount of each draft
paid by the Issuing Lender thereunder. Each L/C Participant agrees with the Issuing Lender that,
if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for which the Issuing Lender is not reimbursed in
full by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (or in the event that any
reimbursement received by the Issuing Lender shall be required to be returned by it at any time),
such L/C Participant shall pay to the Issuing Lender upon demand (which demand, in the case of any
demand made in respect of any draft under a Letter of Credit denominated in any Designated Foreign
Currency, shall not be made prior to the date that the amount of such draft shall be converted into
Dollars in accordance with Section 3.5) at the Issuing Lenders address for notices specified
herein an amount equal to such L/C Participants Revolving Percentage of the amount of such draft,
or any part thereof, that is not so reimbursed (or is so returned). Each L/C Participants
obligation to pay such amount shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any
circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such
L/C Participant may have against the Issuing Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any
reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the
failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 5, (iii) any adverse change in
the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any
other Loan Document by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other L/C Participant or (v) any
other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.
35
(b) If any amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant to the Issuing Lender pursuant to
Section 3.4(a) in respect of any unreimbursed portion of any payment made by the Issuing Lender
under any Letter of Credit is paid to the Issuing Lender within three Business Days after the date
such payment is due, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Issuing Lender on demand an amount equal
to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate
during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the date on which such
payment is immediately available to the Issuing Lender, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of
which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360. If
any such amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant pursuant to Section 3.4(a) is not made
available to the Issuing Lender by such L/C Participant within three Business Days after the date
such payment is due, the Issuing Lender shall be entitled to recover from such L/C Participant, on
demand, such amount with interest thereon calculated from such due date at the rate per annum
applicable to ABR Loans under the Revolving Facility. A certificate of the Issuing Lender
submitted to any L/C Participant with respect to any amounts owing under this Section shall be
conclusive in the absence of manifest error.
(c) Whenever, at any time after the Issuing Lender has made payment under any Letter of Credit
and has received from any L/C Participant its pro rata share of such payment in
accordance with Section 3.4(a), the Issuing Lender receives any payment related to such Letter of
Credit (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of collateral applied
thereto by the Issuing Lender), or any payment of interest on account thereof, the Issuing Lender
will distribute to such L/C Participant its pro rata share thereof;
provided, however, that in the event that any such payment received by the Issuing
Lender shall be required to be returned by the Issuing Lender, such L/C Participant shall return to
the Issuing Lender the portion thereof previously distributed by the Issuing Lender to it.
3.5 Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower. If any draft is paid under any Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse the Issuing
Lender for the amount of (a) the draft so paid and (b) any taxes, fees, charges or other costs or
expenses incurred by the Issuing Lender in connection with such payment, not later than 12:00 Noon,
New York City time, on (i) the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice of such draft, if
such notice is received on such day prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, or (ii) if clause (i)
above does not apply, the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives
such notice. Each such payment shall be made to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices
referred to herein in the currency in which such Letter of Credit is denominated (except that, in
the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in any Designated Foreign Currency, upon notice by the
Issuing Lender to the Borrower, such payment shall be made in Dollars from and after the date on
which the amount of such payment shall have been converted into Dollars at the Spot Rate of
Exchange on such date of conversion, which date of conversion may be any Business Day after the
Business Day on which such payment is due) and in immediately available funds. Any conversion by
the Issuing Lender of any payment to be made in respect of any Letter of Credit denominated in any
Designated Foreign Currency into Dollars in accordance with this Section 3.5 shall be conclusive
and binding upon the other parties hereto in the absence of manifest error; provided that
upon the request of the Borrower, the Issuing Lender shall provide to the Borrower a certificate
including reasonably detailed information as to the calculation of such conversion. Interest shall
be payable on any such amounts from the date on which the relevant draft is paid until payment in
full at the rate set forth in (x) until the Business Day next succeeding the date of the relevant
notice, Section 2.12(b) and (y) thereafter, Section 2.12(c); provided that if any such
amount is denominated in a Designated Foreign Currency for any period, such interest shall be
payable at the rate charged by the Issuing Lender for reimbursement of overdue obligations in such
Designated Foreign Currency owing by account parties with similar credit profiles to that of the
Borrower; and provided, further, that if any reimbursement is required to be paid
in respect of a Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars, and such reimbursement is not made in
accordance with this Section 3.5, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving
Extension of Credit in an equivalent amount
36
of such owed reimbursement (provided such request would
not result in the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit at such time exceeding Total Revolving
Commitments) and to the extent so financed, the Borrowers obligation to
make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Revolving Loan. If the
Borrower fails to make such reimbursement when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each
Revolving Lender of the applicable disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect
thereof and such Lenders share thereof based on the Revolving Percentages (the Reimbursement
Percentage). Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Revolving Lender shall pay to
the Administrative Agent its Reimbursement Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower, in
the same manner as provided in Section 2.5 hereof with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and
Section 2.5 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the
relevant Revolving Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable
Issuing Lender the amounts so received by it from such Lenders.
3.6 Obligations Absolute. The Borrowers obligations under this Section 3 shall be absolute and unconditional under
any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that
the Borrower may have or have had against the Issuing Lender, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit
or any other Person. The Borrower also agrees with the Issuing Lender that the Issuing Lender
shall not be responsible for, and the Borrowers Reimbursement Obligations under Section 3.5 shall
not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any
endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or
forged, or any dispute between or among the Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or
any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of the
Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee. The Issuing
Lender shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch
or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit,
except for errors or omissions found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent
jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing
Lender. The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the Issuing Lender under or in
connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of
gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall be binding on the Borrower and shall not result in
any liability of the Issuing Lender to the Borrower.
3.7 Letter of Credit Payments. If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender
shall promptly notify the Borrower of the date and amount thereof. The responsibility of the
Issuing Lender to the Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter
of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of
Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such
Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such
Letter of Credit.
3.8 Applications. To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is
inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 3, the provisions of this Section 3 shall apply.
SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make
the Loans and issue or participate in the Letters of Credit, the Borrower hereby represents and
warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender that:
4.1 Financial Condition. The audited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries
as at December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009,
37
and the related consolidated
statements of operations and of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2007, the year ended
December 31, 2008, and the year ended December 31, 2009, reported on by and accompanied by an
unqualified report from KPMG LLP, present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated
financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at such date, and the
consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the respective fiscal
periods then ended. The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated
Subsidiaries as at September 30, 2010, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of
operations and cash flows for the nine-month period ended on such date, present fairly, in all
material respects, the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated
Subsidiaries as at such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated
cash flows for the nine-month period then ended (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and
absence of footnote disclosure). All such financial statements, including the related schedules
and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the
periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed
therein). No Group Member has any material Guarantee Obligations, contingent liabilities and
liabilities for taxes, or any long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments,
including any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in
respect of derivatives, that are not reflected in the most recent financial statements referred to
in this paragraph. During the period from December 31, 2009 to and including the date hereof there
has been no Disposition by any Group Member of any material part of its business or property.
4.2 No Change. Since December 31, 2009, there has been no development or event that has had or could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.3 Existence; Compliance with Law. Each Group Member (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the power and authority, and the legal right,
to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the
business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other
organization and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or
operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification and (d) is in
compliance with all Requirements of Law; except, in each case except clause (a) (only with respect
to the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors), to the extent that the failure to comply therewith
could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.4 Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations. Each Loan Party has the power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and
perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to obtain
extensions of credit hereunder. Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational action to
authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and,
in the case of the Borrower, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of
this Agreement. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in
respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the
extensions of credit hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or
enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Loan
Documents. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan
Party party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will
constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable
against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited
by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement
is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).
4.5 No Legal Bar. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the
issuance of Letters of Credit, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the
38
proceeds thereof will
not violate any Requirement of Law or any material Contractual Obligation (only to the extent the
violation of such material Contractual Obligation could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect) of any Group Member and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition
of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law or
any such material Contractual Obligation. No Requirement of Law applicable to the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.6 Litigation. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.6 hereto, no litigation, investigation or proceeding of
or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower,
threatened in writing by or against any Group Member or against any of their respective properties
or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated
hereby or thereby, or (b) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.7 No Default. No Group Member is in default under or with respect to any of its Contractual Obligations
in any respect that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
4.8 Ownership of Property; Liens. Each Group Member has title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its
real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its other property, and
none of such property is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 7.3, except as could
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
4.9 Intellectual Property. Each Group Member owns, or is licensed to use, all Intellectual Property necessary for the
conduct of its business as currently conducted. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.9 hereto, no
material claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging any Intellectual Property
owned by any Group Member, nor does any Group Member know of any valid basis for any such claim.
The conduct of the business by each Group Member does not infringe the rights of any Person in any
material respect, and to its knowledge, each Group Members Intellectual Property is not being
infringed by any Person in any material respect.
4.10 Taxes. Each Group Member has filed or caused to be filed all Federal, state, and other material
tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on
said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its property and all other taxes, fees
or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any
the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the
books of the relevant Group Member); no tax Lien has been filed (other than for taxes not yet due
and payable or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which
reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member),
and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, other than as disclosed on Schedule 4.10, no material claim
is being asserted, with respect to any such tax, fee or other charge.
4.11 Federal Regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loans, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be
used (a) for buying or carrying any margin stock within the respective meanings of each of
the quoted terms under Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in effect for any
purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board or (b) for any purpose that
violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board. If requested by any Lender or the
Administrative Agent, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a
statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form G-3 or FR Form
U-1, as applicable, referred to in Regulation U.
39
4.12 Labor Matters. Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to
the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of
each Group Member have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other
applicable Requirement of Law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from any Group
Member on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability
on the books of the relevant Group Member.
4.13 ERISA. Neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has (a) any Single Employer Plan
that is in at risk status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of
ERISA), (b) failed to make a material contribution or material payment to any Single Employer Plan,
or made any amendment to any Single Employer Plan, which has resulted in the imposition of a Lien
or the posting of a bond or other security under Section 303(k) of ERISA or Section 401(a)(29) of
the Code, or (c) incurred, or is reasonably likely to incur, any material liability under Title IV
of ERISA.
4.14 Investment Company Act; Other Regulations. No Loan Party is required to register as an investment company, or a company controlled
by an investment company, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
No Loan Party is subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law (other than Regulation X of the
Board) that limits its ability to incur Indebtedness.
4.15 Subsidiaries. Except as disclosed to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower in writing from time to
time after the Closing Date, (a) Schedule 4.15 sets forth the name and jurisdiction of
incorporation of each Subsidiary and, as to each such Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of
Capital Stock owned by any Loan Party and (b) there are no outstanding subscriptions, options,
warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock options, stock
appreciation rights or restricted stock units granted to employees, officers, consultants or
directors or stock issued pursuant to the Borrowers stock purchase plans to employees, officers,
consultants or directors and directors qualifying shares) of any nature relating to any Capital
Stock of any Subsidiary, except as created by the Loan Documents.
4.16 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Term Loans and Revolving Loans shall be used to repay amounts
outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement, to pay related fees and expenses and for working
capital or general corporate purposes. The Letters of Credit shall be used for general corporate
purposes.
4.17 Environmental Matters. Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect:
(a) each Group Member is, and within the period of all applicable statutes of limitation has
been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws;
(b) Materials of Environmental Concern have not been released and are not present under
circumstances that could be expected to result in a release at, on, under, in, or about any real
property now or formerly owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or at any other location
(including, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any location to which Materials of Environmental
Concern have been sent for re-use or recycling or for treatment, storage, or disposal) which could
reasonably be expected to give rise to liability of any Group Member under any applicable
Environmental Law;
(c) there is no judicial, administrative, or arbitral proceeding (including any notice of
violation or alleged violation) under or relating to any Environmental Law to which any Group
Member
40
is, or to the knowledge of the Borrower will be, named as a party that is pending or, to the
knowledge of the Borrower, threatened;
(d) no Group Member has received any written request for information, or been notified that
it is a potentially responsible party under or relating to the federal Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation, and Liability Act or any similar Environmental Law, or with respect to any
Materials of Environmental Concern;
(e) no Group Member has entered into or agreed to any consent decree, order, or settlement or
other agreement, nor is subject to any judgment, decree, or order or other agreement, in any
judicial, administrative, arbitral, or other forum, relating to compliance with or liability under
any Environmental Law; and
(f) no Group Member has entered into any agreement assuming any liabilities of any other
Person under or related to any Environmental Law.
4.18 Accuracy of Information, etc. No statement or information contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the
Confidential Information Memorandum or any other document, certificate or written statement
furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of
them, for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents, taken as a whole, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or
certificate was so furnished (or, in the case of the Confidential Information Memorandum, as of the
date of this Agreement), any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading. The projections
and pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good
faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be reasonable at the time
made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future
events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by
such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material
amount. There is no fact known to any Loan Party that could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect that has not been expressly disclosed herein (including the Schedules
hereto), in the other Loan Documents, in the Confidential Information Memorandum or in any other
documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for
use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents.
4.19 Solvency. Each Loan Party is, and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby and the
incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith and therewith
will be and will continue to be, Solvent.
SECTION 5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
5.1 Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit. The agreement of each Lender to make the initial extension of credit requested to be made
by it is subject to the satisfaction, prior to or concurrently with the making of such extension of
credit on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:
(a) Credit Agreement; Guarantee. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i)
this Agreement, executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and each Person
listed on Schedule 1.1A and (ii) the Guarantee, executed and delivered by each Subsidiary
Guarantor.
41
(b) Financial Statements. The Lenders shall have received (i) audited consolidated
financial statements of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the 2007, 2008 and 2009
fiscal years and (ii) unaudited interim consolidated financial statements for each fiscal quarter
ended after the date of the latest applicable financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (i)
of this paragraph as to which such financial statements are available, and such financial
statements shall not, in the reasonable judgment of the Lenders, reflect any material adverse
change in the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries,
as reflected in the financial statements or projections contained in the Confidential Information
Memorandum.
(c) Approvals. All governmental and third party approvals necessary or, in the
reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent, advisable in connection with the continuing
operations of the Group Members and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained
and be in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any
action being taken or
threatened by any competent authority that would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse
conditions on the financing contemplated hereby.
(d) Fees. The Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall have received
all fees required to be paid, and all expenses for which invoices have been presented (including
the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel), on or before the Closing Date. All such
amounts will be paid with proceeds of Loans made on the Closing Date and will be reflected in the
funding instructions given by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent on or before the Closing
Date.
(e) Closing Certificate; Certified Certificate of Incorporation; Good Standing
Certificates. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of each Loan
Party, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, with appropriate insertions
and attachments, including the certificate of incorporation of each Loan Party that is a
corporation certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan
Party, and (ii) a long form good standing certificate for each Loan Party from its jurisdiction of
organization.
(f) Legal Opinions. The Administrative Agent shall have received the legal opinion of
Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, counsel to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of
Exhibit E.
(g) Existing Credit Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have received
satisfactory evidence that amounts owing by the Borrower under the Existing Credit Agreement shall
have been paid in full.
(h) Projections. The Lenders shall have received satisfactory projections for the
2015 fiscal year to supplement the projections through the 2010 fiscal year previously delivered
pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement.
5.2
Conditions to Each Extension of Credit. The agreement of each Lender to make any extension of credit requested to be made by it on
any date (including its initial extension of credit) is subject to the satisfaction of the
following conditions precedent:
(a) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made
by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct on and as of such
date as if made on and as of such date unless such representation relates solely to an earlier
date, in which case such representation shall be true and correct as of such date.
42
(b) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on
such date.
Each borrowing by and issuance of a Letter of Credit on behalf of the Borrower hereunder shall
constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit
that the conditions contained in this Section 5.2 have been satisfied.
SECTION 6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of
Credit remains outstanding or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or the Administrative
Agent hereunder, the Borrower shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:
6.1 Financial Statements. Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:
(a) as soon as available, but in any event (i) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal
year of the Borrower or (ii) if the Borrower has been granted an extension by the Securities and
Exchange Commission permitting the late filing by the Borrower of any annual report on form 10-K
the earlier of (x) 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower or (y) the last day
of any such extension, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated
statements of operations and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative
form the figures for the previous year, reported on without a going concern or like qualification
or exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by KPMG LLP or other
independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing; and
(b) as soon as available, but in any event (i) not later than 45 days after the end of each of
the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower or (ii) if the Borrower has
been granted an extension by the Securities and Exchange Commission permitting the late filing by
the Borrower of any quarterly report on form 10-Q the earlier of (x) 60 days after the end of the
relevant fiscal quarter or (y) the last day of any such extension, the unaudited consolidated
balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and
the related unaudited consolidated condensed statements of operations and of cash flows for such
quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each
case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous year,
certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to
normal year-end audit adjustments).
All such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material respects and shall be
prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied (except as approved by such
accountants or officer, as the case may be, and disclosed in reasonable detail therein and except,
in the case of unaudited financials, for the absence of footnotes) consistently throughout the
periods reflected therein and with prior periods. Reports or financial information required to be
delivered pursuant to this Section 6.1 (to the extent any such financial statements, reports, proxy
statements or other materials are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be
delivered electronically and if so, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which the
Borrower gives notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall then give notice to the Lenders) that
the Borrower has filed such report or financial information through the SECs Electronic Data
Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System or posted such report or financial information or provides
a link thereto on the Borrowers website on the internet. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Borrower shall deliver paper copies of any report or financial statement referred to in this
43
Section 6.1 to any Lender if the Administrative Agent, on behalf and upon the reasonable request of
such Lender, requests the Borrower to furnish such paper copies.
6.2 Certificates; Other Information. Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender
(or, in the case of clause (f), to the relevant Lender):
(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.1(a),
a certificate of the independent certified public accountants reporting on such financial
statements stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of
any Default or Event of Default, except as specified in such certificate (it being understood that
such certificate shall be limited to the items that independent certified public accountants are
permitted to cover in such certificates pursuant to their professional standards and customs of the
profession);
(b) concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1, (i) a
certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that, to the best of such Responsible Officers
knowledge, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, except as specified in
such certificate and (ii) a Compliance Certificate containing all information and calculations
necessary for determining compliance by each Group Member with the provisions of this Agreement
referred to therein as of the last day of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year of the Borrower, as the
case may be;
(c) as soon as available, and in any event no later than 60 days after the end of each fiscal
year of the Borrower, a projected consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash
flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income and a description of the
underlying assumptions applicable thereto), and, as soon as available, significant revisions, if
any, of projections with respect to such fiscal year (collectively, the Projections),
which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer
stating that such Projections are based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions and
that such Responsible Officer has no reason to believe that such Projections are incorrect or
misleading in any material respect;
(d) within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower other than the last
fiscal quarter of the Borrowers fiscal year, and 90 days after the end of the Borrowers fiscal
year, a narrative discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter and for the period from the beginning of
the then current fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter, as compared to the portion of the
Projections covering such periods and to the comparable periods of the previous year; provided,
that this requirement shall be deemed satisfied on delivery of the Borrowers 10 -Q or 10 -K, as
applicable, which is in compliance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
Regulation S -X (which may be delivered in the same manner provided for in Section 6.1);
(e) within five days after the same are sent, copies of all financial statements and reports
that the Borrower sends to the holders of any class of its debt securities or public equity
securities, within five days after the same are received, copies of all correspondence received by
the Borrower from the SEC, and, within five days after the same are filed, copies of all financial
statements and reports that the Borrower may make to, or file with, the SEC (which may be delivered
in the same manner provided for in Section 6.1); and
(f) promptly, such additional financial and other information as any Lender may from time to
time reasonably request.
44
6.3 Payment of Obligations. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or
before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its material obligations (including taxes)
of whatever nature, except where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto
have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member.
6.4 Maintenance of Existence; Compliance. (a)(i) Preserve, renew and keep in full force
and effect its organizational existence and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights,
privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in
each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 and except, in the case of clause (ii) above, to
the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect; and (b) comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law except to the
extent that failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect.
6.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance. (a) Keep all material property necessary in the
operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty
excepted, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect and (b) maintain with reputable insurance companies that are financially
sound at the time such insurance is purchased insurance on all its property in at least such
amounts and against at least such risks as are customarily insured against in the same general area
by companies engaged in the same or a similar business.
6.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions. (a) Keep proper books of
records and accounts in which true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements
of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities
from which financial statements in conformity with GAAP can be prepared and (b) following
reasonable advance notice, permit representatives of the Administrative Agent and any Lender to
visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and
records at any reasonable time and as often as may reasonably be desired and to discuss the
business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Group Members with
officers and employees of the Group Members and with their independent certified public
accountants.
6.7 Notices. Promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent and each Lender of:
(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;
(b) any (i) default under any material Contractual Obligation of any Group Member or (ii)
litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time between any Group Member and any
Governmental Authority, that in either case, if not cured or if adversely determined, as the case
may be, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(c) any litigation or proceeding affecting any Group Member (i) in which the amount involved
is $10,000,000 or more and not covered by insurance, (ii) in which injunctive or similar relief is
sought or (iii) which relates to any Loan Document;
(d) the following events, as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the
Borrower knows or has reason to know thereof: (i) the occurrence of any Reportable Event with
respect to any Plan; a failure to make any required contribution to a Plan, a determination that
any Single Employer Plan is in at risk status, or a determination that any Multiemployer Plan is
in endangered or critical status, and in each case that could reasonably be expected to result
in a Material Adverse Effect, the creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan; or any
withdrawal from, or the termination,
45
Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan, or (ii) the institution of
proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or the Borrower or any Commonly
Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the
termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA; and
(e) any development or event that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible
Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the
relevant Group Member proposes to take with respect thereto.
6.8 Environmental Laws. (a) Comply with, and ensure compliance by all tenants and
subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply with and
maintain, and ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply with and maintain, any and
all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable
Environmental Laws. For purposes of this Section 6.8(a), noncompliance by the Borrower with any
applicable Environmental Law shall be deemed not to constitute a breach of this covenant
provided that, upon learning of any actual or suspected noncompliance, the Borrower shall
promptly undertake all reasonable efforts to achieve compliance, and provided
further that, in any case, such non -compliance, and any other noncompliance with
Environmental Law, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to give rise
to a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial,
removal and other actions required by a Governmental Authority to be conducted by a Group Member
under Environmental Laws or any other Requirement of Law and promptly comply with all orders and
directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws, other than such orders and
directives as to which an appeal has been timely and properly taken in good faith, and
provided that the pendency of any and all such appeals could not reasonably be expected to
give rise to a Material Adverse Effect.
6.9 Additional Subsidiaries. With respect to any new Material Subsidiary (other than a
Foreign Subsidiary) created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Group Member (which, for the
purposes of this Section 6.10, shall include any existing Material Subsidiary that ceases to be a
Foreign Subsidiary), within 30 days (or such longer period agreed to by the Administrative Agent in
its sole discretion, but in no event longer than 90 days) (i) cause such new Material Subsidiary
(A) to become a party to the Guarantee and (B) to deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate
of such Material Subsidiary, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, with appropriate insertions
and attachments, and (ii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative
Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and
substance, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
SECTION 7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of
Credit remains outstanding or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or the Administrative
Agent hereunder, the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly
or indirectly:
46
7.1 Financial Condition Covenants. (a) Consolidated Leverage Ratio. Permit the
Consolidated Leverage Ratio, calculated as at the end of any fiscal quarter for the period of four
consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower then ended, to exceed 3.00 to 1.00; or
(b) Consolidated Interest Expense Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Interest Expense
Ratio, calculated as at the end of such fiscal quarter for the period of four consecutive fiscal
quarters of the Borrower then ended, to be less than 3.50 to 1.00.
Each of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio and Consolidated Interest Expense Ratio shall be
calculated for purposes of this Section 7.1 on a Pro Forma Basis.
7.2 Indebtedness. Create, issue, incur, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to
exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a) Indebtedness of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document;
(b) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary to the Borrower or
any other Subsidiary; provided that Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Wholly
Owned Subsidiary Guarantor to the Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor shall be
subject to Section 7.8(g);
(c) Guarantee Obligations (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries of obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (ii) incurred in the
ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, franchisees,
lessors and licensees, and (iii) otherwise constituting an Investment permitted by Section 7.8;
(d) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.2(d) and any
refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof (including any associated fees, expenses
and accrued but unpaid interest);
(e) Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations, industrial
development or similar bonds, or tax-advantaged governmental or quasi-governmental financings) and
purchase money obligations (including obligations in respect of mortgage or other similar
financings) to finance the purchase, repair or improvement of fixed or capital assets secured by
Liens permitted by Section 7.3(g) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed, as at the date of
any incurrence thereof, 5.0% of the total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end
of the fiscal quarter most recently ended at or prior to such time and for which financial
statements are available, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis;
(f) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of (i) standby or performance
letters of credit, surety bonds, security deposits or other performance guarantees;
provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (i) shall not
at any time exceed, at the time of any incurrence thereof, the greater of (A) $50,000,000 and (B)
25.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended
at or prior to such time and for which financial statements are available, calculated on a Pro
Forma Basis; and (ii) trade letters of credit;
(g) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof and any
refinancing thereof; provided that such Indebtedness exists at the time such Person becomes
a Subsidiary and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a
Subsidiary;
47
(h) additional Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate
principal amount (for the Borrower and all Subsidiaries) not to exceed at any one time outstanding
the greater of (A) $50,000,000 and (B) 40.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four
consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended at or prior to such time and for which financial
statements are available, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis;
(i) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of bank
guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, including in
respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property,
casualty or liability insurance or self insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to
reimbursement type obligations regarding workers compensation claims; provided that any
reimbursement obligations in respect thereof are reimbursed within 30 days following the due date
thereof;
(j) (i) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections, automatic
clearinghouse arrangements and similar arrangements in each case in connection with deposit
accounts and (ii) Indebtedness arising from the honoring of a bank or other financial institution
of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of
business; provided that any such Indebtedness is extinguished within 30 days of its incurrence;
(k) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by any Loan Party to current or former
officers, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance
the purchase or redemption of equity interests of the Borrower permitted by Section 7.6;
(l) Indebtedness in respect of hedging obligations to the extent constituting Indebtedness)
incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(m) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries under deferred
consideration or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with Permitted
Acquisitions and any other Investments permitted hereunder;
(n) Permitted Subordinated Debt and Permitted Senior Unsecured Debt; provided that the
Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.1 after giving
effect to the incurrence of any such Permitted Subordinated Debt or such Permitted Senior Unsecured
Debt and any refinancings or repayment of Indebtedness;
(o) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries (and renewals, refinancing and extensions thereof) in
an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $10,000,000; and
(p) For the purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of
Indebtedness incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 7.2, in the event that
Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in this
Section 7.2, the Borrower, in its sole discretion, shall classify, and may from time to time
reclassify, such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such
Indebtedness in one of the clauses of this Section 7.2.
7.3 Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property,
whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges not yet due or that are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that adequate reserves (in the
good
48
faith judgment of the management of the Borrower) with respect thereto are maintained on the
books of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in conformity with GAAP;
(b) statutory or common law Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemens, mechanics,
materialmens, repairmens or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that are
not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings;
(c) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business (i) in connection with workers
compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) securing
liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of
bank guarantees issued for the account of Foreign Subsidiaries) insurance carriers providing
property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
(d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts (other
than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety, customs and appeal bonds,
performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including those required or requested by
any Governmental Authority) incurred in the ordinary course of business, and earnest money deposits
to secure obligations under purchase agreements;
(e) leases, subleases, easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions)
and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects incurred in the ordinary course of business
that do not in any case materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
(f) Liens in existence on the date hereof listed on Schedule 7.3(f), securing Indebtedness
permitted by Section 7.2(d), or the renewal, modification, replacement, refinancing, extension or
refunding of such Indebtedness, provided that (i) no such Lien is spread to cover any
additional property after the Closing Date other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed
or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted under
Section 7.2(d), and (B) proceeds and products thereof and (ii) the renewal, modification,
replacement, refinancing, extension or refunding of the obligations secured or benefited by such
Liens, to the extent constituting Indebtedness, is permitted by Section 7.2(d);
(g) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary incurred pursuant to
Section 7.2(e) to finance the acquisition of fixed or capital assets, provided that (i)
such Liens shall be created within 90 days after the acquisition, repair, replacement or
improvement of such fixed or capital assets, (ii) such Liens (other than in the case of Liens
securing industrial development or similar bonds, or tax-advantaged governmental or
quasi-governmental financings, in which case Liens may encumber such property as may be permitted
under the terms of such financings) do not at any time encumber any property other than the
property financed by such Indebtedness, replacements, additions and accessions thereto and the
proceeds thereof and (iii) the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased;
(h) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the
Borrower or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a
Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary;
provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such
acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not
apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and (iii) such Lien shall
secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such
Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be, and refinancings,
49
extensions, renewals and replacements thereof not to exceed the outstanding principal amount
thereof together with associated fees, expenses and premium and accrued but unpaid interest;
(i) any judgment Lien not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.1(h);
(j) any interest or title of a licensor or sublicensor of Intellectual Property under any
license or sublicense agreement (including software and other technology licenses) entered into by
the Borrower or any other Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business;
(k) Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section so long as the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of the obligations secured thereby does not exceed $25,000,000 at any one time;
(l) Liens granted by a Foreign Subsidiary (i) to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary to
secure Indebtedness owed by such Foreign Subsidiary to the Borrower or such other Subsidiary and
(ii) in respect of Indebtedness that was incurred in connection with the acquisition of such
Foreign Subsidiary pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition in an aggregate principal amount not to
exceed $40,000,000 at any one time outstanding, and renewals, refinancings and extensions thereof;
(m) Liens arising from precautionary UCC (or other similar recording or notice statutes)
financing statement filings regarding operating leases permitted pursuant to this Agreement;
(n) Liens in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of law or
under customary general terms and conditions encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off)
and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry or arising pursuant
to such banking institutions general terms and conditions;
(o) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an
Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.8, or (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any
property in a Disposition permitted by Section 7.5, in each case, solely to the extent such
Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the
creation of such Lien;
(p) Liens on property of any Foreign Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of such Foreign
Subsidiary to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted hereunder; and
(q) Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents securing reimbursement obligations of Borrower under
letters of credit in an aggregate amount of all such cash and Cash Equivalents not to exceed
$40,000,000.
7.4 Fundamental Changes. Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or
liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of all
or substantially all of its property or business, except that the following are permitted
(collectively, Permitted Acquisitions):
(a) any Person may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower
(provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation) or with or
into any Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor (provided that the Wholly Owned Subsidiary
Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or the surviving Person shall expressly
assume the obligations of the Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to documents reasonably
acceptable to the Administrative Agent); provided that any such merger involving a Person
that is not a Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger shall not be permitted unless also
permitted by Section 7.8(i); provided
50
further, that prior to consummating any merger pursuant to this clause (a) involving a
Person that is not a Subsidiary, the Borrower will deliver to the Administrative Agent a
certificate of a Responsible Officer demonstrating compliance immediately following such merger, on
a pro forma basis giving effect to such merger, with Section 7.1;
(b) subject to Section 7.4(a) hereof, any Subsidiary may be merged or consolidated with or
into any other Subsidiary;
(c) (i) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or any Subsidiary may change its legal form
if the Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders, and (ii) any Subsidiary
may liquidate or dissolve if all or substantially all of its assets are transferred to the Borrower
or a Subsidiary, it being understood that in the case of any dissolution of a Subsidiary that is a
Subsidiary Guarantor, such Subsidiary shall at or before the time of such dissolution transfer its
assets to another Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Disposition of assets is
permitted hereunder; and in the case of any change in legal form, a Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary
Guarantor will remain a Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Subsidiary Guarantor is otherwise
permitted to cease being a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder;
(d) (i) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may Dispose of any or all of its assets to the Borrower
or another Subsidiary (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise), provided that if the transferor in
such a transaction is a Subsidiary Guarantor, then (A) the transferee must either be the Borrower
or a Subsidiary Guarantor and (B) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be
a permitted Investment in accordance with Section 7.8, and (ii) the Borrower or any Subsidiary of
the Borrower may Dispose of any or all of its assets pursuant to a Disposition permitted by Section
7.5; and
(e) the Borrower or any Subsidiary may make any Investment expressly permitted by Section 7.8
structured as a merger, consolidation or amalgamation.
7.5 Disposition of Property. Dispose of any of its property, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, or, in the case of any Subsidiary, issue or sell any shares of such
Subsidiarys Capital Stock to any Person, except:
(a) Dispositions of obsolete, surplus or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful
in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including the abandonment or
other Disposition of Intellectual Property that is, in the reasonable business judgment of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, no longer material to the conduct of the business of the Loan
Parties taken as a whole);
(b) the sale, transfer or lease of any assets in the ordinary course of business;
(c) Dispositions permitted by Section 7.4;
(d) the sale, contribution or issuance of any Subsidiarys Capital Stock to the Borrower or
any Subsidiary;
(e) Dispositions by the Borrower to any Subsidiary and by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or
any other Subsidiary on reasonable terms;
(f) Dispositions constituting the making or liquidating of Investments permitted by Section
7.8;
51
(g) Dispositions constituting the making of a Restricted Payment permitted by Section 7.6;
(h) Dispositions of assets to the extent that (i) such assets are exchanged for credit against
the purchase price of similar replacement assets or (ii) the proceeds of such Dispositions are
promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement assets;
(i) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise
thereof;
(j) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses of property (including Intellectual Property)
on customary terms in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with
the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; and
(k) the Disposition of other property having a fair market value not to exceed 7.5% of the
total assets in the aggregate for any fiscal year of the Borrower, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.
7.6 Restricted Payments. Declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable solely
in common stock or similar equity interests or options or other rights to acquire such equity
interests of the Person making such dividend) on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart
assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement
or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of any Group Member, whether now or hereafter
outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly,
whether in cash or property or in obligations of any Group Member (collectively, Restricted
Payments), except that:
(a) the payment of dividends and distributions within sixty days after the date of declaration
thereof, if at the date of declaration of such payment, such payment would have complied with other
provisions of Section 7.6;
(b) any Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower other Subsidiary (and, in the
case of a Restricted Payment by a non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary, to the Borrower and any Subsidiary
and to each other owner of equity interests of such Subsidiary based on their relative ownership
interests);
(c) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments pursuant to and in accordance with stock option
plans or other benefit plans for management, employees consultants or directors of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries and stock purchase plans with employees, officers, consultants or directors;
(d) the Borrower may pay cash dividends to holders of Permitted Preferred Stock;
provided that, in the case of any Restricted Payment made pursuant to this clause (d), (x)
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing after giving effect to any such
Restricted Payment and (y) the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the covenants set
forth in Section 7.1 after giving effect to any such Restricted Payment and the incurrence of any
Indebtedness in connection therewith;
(e) repurchases of equity interests of the Borrower deemed to occur upon the non-cash exercise
of stock options, warrants, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock units;
(f) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments with any cash proceeds contributed to its common
equity and from the Net Cash Proceeds of any permitted equity issuance, so long as, with
52
respect to any such Restricted Payments, no Event of Default shall have occurred or be
continuing after giving effect to any such Restricted Payment;
(g) the Borrower may repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire stock appreciation rights and
restricted stock units from directors, officers or employees of the Borrower or any Subsidiary
Guarantor (or their estate, family members, spouse and/or former spouse);
(h) the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor may honor any conversion request by a holder of
convertible Indebtedness and make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any
such conversion and may make payments on convertible Indebtedness in accordance with its terms; and
(i) the Borrower may make other Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted by this Section so
long as (x) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing after giving effect
to any such Restricted Payment and (y) the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the
covenants set forth in Section 7.1 (provided that the Borrowers Consolidated Leverage
Ratio shall be at least 0.25 less than the applicable level set forth in Section 7.1(a)) after
giving effect to any such Restricted Payment and the incurrence of any Indebtedness in connection
therewith.
7.7 Reserved.
7.8 Investments. Make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guaranty or
otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or
other debt securities of, or any assets constituting a business unit of, or make any other
investment in, any Person (all of the foregoing, Investments), except:
(a) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business (including advances made to
distributors consistent with past practice), Investments received in satisfaction or partial
satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors, and Investments consisting of
prepayments to suppliers in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;
(b) investments in cash and Cash Equivalents or that were Cash Equivalents when made;
(c) Guarantee Obligations permitted by Section 7.2;
(d) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of any Group Member in the
ordinary course of business (including for travel, entertainment and relocation expenses) and (ii)
in connection with such Persons purchase of equity interests of the Borrower, in an aggregate
amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any one time outstanding;
(e) Investments in existence on the date hereof listed on Schedule 7.8(e) and any
modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof;
(f) intercompany Investments by any Group Member in the Borrower or any Person that, prior to,
or after giving effect to, such investment, is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor;
(g) intercompany Investments by any Group Member in a Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments (excluding all
such Investments otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 7.8), less any cash return on
Investments received after the date hereof, shall not at the time of the making of any such
Investment
53
exceed the greater of (i) $100,000,000 and (ii) 45.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of
four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such time for which financial
statements are available, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis;
(h) investments consisting of deposit or securities accounts maintained in the ordinary course
of business;
(i) any acquisition of any assets or capital stock of another Person (including as a result of
merger or otherwise); provided that (i) the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with
the covenants in Section 7.1 after giving effect to such acquisition for which financial statements
are available as if such acquisition occurred immediately prior to the first day of the period of
four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to such acquisition; and (ii) if such
acquisition would require the Borrower to provide pro forma financial information regarding such
acquisition in a current report on Form 8-K, quarterly report on Form 10-Q, or annual report on
Form 10-K filed with the SEC, the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate of a Responsible
Officer certifying the Borrowers pro forma compliance described in clause (i) above and containing
all information and calculations necessary for determining such compliance;
(j) investments (including debt obligations and equity interests) received in connection with
the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with,
customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
(k) investments in exchange for, or made with the proceeds (within 180 days of receipt) of,
existing investments which are of at least equivalent market value (as reasonably determined by the
Borrowers chief financial officer, chief executive officer, corporate controller or president as
at the time of exchange or disposition) as such existing investments and are of the same type and
nature as such existing investment;
(l) Investments by the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary in any Foreign Subsidiary in
connection with any Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted by this Section 7.8;
provided that the proceeds of such Investments shall be used directly or indirectly through
one or more Subsidiaries solely for the purpose of paying the consideration and transaction costs
related to such Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted by this Section 7.8;
(m) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of (i) endorsements for
collection or deposit and (ii) customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past
practices;
(n) the licensing, sublicensing or contribution of Intellectual Property rights with Persons
other than the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business on customary terms;
(o) Investments of a Subsidiary that is acquired after the Closing Date or of a company merged
or amalgamated or consolidated into the Borrower or merged, amalgamated or consolidated with a
Subsidiary, in each case in accordance with Section 7.4, after the Closing Date to the extent that
such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger,
amalgamation or consolidation, and that do not constitute a material portion of the assets acquired
by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in such transaction and were in existence or committed to be
made on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;
(p) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business and
Investments made pursuant to employment and severance arrangements of officers and employees in
54
the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee
benefit plans and arrangements in the ordinary course of business
(q) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of supplies, materials and equipment;
(r) Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary in any other Foreign Subsidiary; and
(s) in addition to Investments otherwise expressly permitted by this Section, Investments by
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount (valued at cost) not to exceed
$25,000,000 in any fiscal year.
7.9 Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction, including any purchase,
sale, lease or exchange of property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management,
advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate (other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary) unless
such transaction is (a) otherwise permitted under this Agreement, (b) upon fair and reasonable
terms and conditions substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary as it would
obtain in a comparable arms length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, and (c) in
the ordinary course of business of the relevant subsidiary.
7.10 Sales and Leasebacks. Enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the
leasing by any Group Member of real or personal property that has been or is to be sold or
transferred by such Group Member to such Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or
are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property or rental obligations of such
Group Member unless such arrangement is permitted under Section 7.2(e).
7.11 Swap Agreements. Enter into any Swap Agreement, except (a) Swap Agreements entered
into, or guaranteed, to hedge or mitigate risks, including currency risks, or potential Capital
Stock dilution to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary has actual exposure and (b) Swap Agreements
entered into, or guaranteed, in order to effectively fix, cap, collar or exchange interest rates
(from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with
respect to any interest-bearing liability, currency liability, Capital Stock values or investment
of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.
7.12 Changes in Fiscal Periods. Permit the fiscal year of the Borrower to end on a day
other than December 31 or change the Borrowers method of determining fiscal quarters, provided,
however, that the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal
year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the
Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any
adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.
7.13 Negative Pledge Clauses. Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any
agreement that prohibits or limits the ability of any Group Member to create, incur, assume or
suffer to exist any Lien securing the Obligations upon any of its property or revenues, whether now
owned or hereafter acquired, other than:
(a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
(b) any restrictions imposed by any agreements governing any secured Indebtedness (including
any purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations) otherwise permitted hereby (in which case,
any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby);
(c) any restrictions imposed by agreements governing a Disposition permitted under
Section 7.5, provided that such prohibition or limitation relates solely to property to be disposed
of;
(d) customary restrictions in leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements otherwise
permitted hereby so long as such restrictions may relate to the assets subject thereto;
(e) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a
leasehold interest;
(f) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary
course of business;
(g) any restrictions imposed by Requirement of Law;
(h) customary provisions in joint venture agreements or similar agreements or the
organizational documents of Subsidiaries that are not Wholly Owned Subsidiaries; and
(i) any agreement in effect at the time a Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long
as such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary.
7.14 Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions. Enter into or suffer to exist or become
effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction
on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to (a) make Restricted Payments in respect of any
Capital Stock of such Subsidiary held by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, the Borrower or any
other Subsidiary of the Borrower, (b) make loans or advances to, or other Investments in, the
Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower or (c) transfer any of its assets to the Borrower
or any other Subsidiary of the Borrower, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing
under or by reason of (i) applicable law, (ii) any restrictions existing under the Loan Documents,
(iii) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been
entered into in connection with the Disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or
assets of such Subsidiary, (iv) any restrictions governing a Disposition permitted under Section
7.5, provided that such restriction relates solely to property to be disposed of, (v) any
restrictions in existence at the time of any acquisition consummated in accordance with Section
7.8(i), (vi) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the
ordinary course of business, (vii) customary provisions in joint venture agreements or similar
agreements or the organizational documents of Subsidiaries that are not Wholly Owned Subsidiaries,
and (viii) any agreements governing purchase money Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligations
permitted hereby.
7.15 Lines of Business. Enter into any material line of business, either directly or through any Subsidiary,
substantially different from those lines of businesses in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
are engaged on the date of this Agreement or that are reasonably related, complementary,
synergistic, ancillary or incidental thereto or reasonable extensions thereof.
SECTION 8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
8.1 Events of Default. If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:
(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation when
due in accordance with the terms hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan
or Reimbursement Obligation, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan
56
Document, within five days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with
the terms hereof; or
(b) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any
other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other written
statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other
Loan Document shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect on or as of the date made
or deemed made; or
(c) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained
in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 6.4(a) (with respect to the Borrower only), Section 6.7(a) or
Section 7 of this Agreement; or
(d) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement
contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a)
through (c) of this Section), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days
after notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or
(e) (i) any Group Member shall (A) default in making any payment of any principal of any
Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation, but excluding the Loans) on the scheduled or
original due date with respect thereto; or (B) default in making any payment of any interest on any
such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under
which such Indebtedness was created; or (ii) any party other than the Borrower to any Indebtedness
accelerates the maturity of any amount owing in respect thereof as a result of a default with
respect to such Indebtedness, other than secured Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.2 that becomes
due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such
Indebtedness; provided, that a default, event or condition described in clause (i) or (ii)
of this paragraph (e) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time,
one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i) or (ii) of this
paragraph (e) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to Indebtedness the outstanding
principal amount of which exceeds in the aggregate $20,000,000; or
(f) (i) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall commence any case, proceeding or other
action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief
entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other
relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee,
custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its
assets, or the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall make a general assignment for the benefit
of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary
any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results
in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains
undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced
against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action seeking
issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any
substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall
not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry
thereof; or (iv) the
Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its
consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or
(iii) above; or (v) any the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall generally not, or shall be
unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or
57
(g) (i) any Person shall engage in any prohibited transaction (as defined in Section 406 of
ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, and not exempt under Section 408 of ERISA and the regulations
thereunder) involving any Plan, (ii) any failure to meet the minimum funding standards (as defined
in Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with
respect to any Plan or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan shall arise on the assets of any
Group Member or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect
to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to
administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of
proceedings or appointment of a trustee is likely to result in the termination of such Plan for
purposes of Title IV of ERISA, or any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV
of ERISA, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall be determined to be in at risk status (with the
meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA), or (v) any Group Member or any
Commonly Controlled Entity shall incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the
Insolvency or Reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan or determination that such Multiemployer Plan
is in endangered or critical status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section
305 of ERISA); and in each case in clauses (i) through (v) above, such event or condition could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
(h) one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Group Member involving in
the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant
insurance company has acknowledged coverage) of $20,000,000 or more, and all such judgments or
decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days
from the entry thereof; or
(i) the guarantee contained in Section 2 of the Guarantee shall cease, for any reason (other
than in accordance with Section 10.14 hereof), to be in full force and effect or any Loan Party or
any Affiliate of any Loan Party shall so assert; or
(j) any person or group (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)) shall become, or obtain
rights (whether by means or warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the beneficial owner (as
defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than
40% of the outstanding common stock of the Borrower;
then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or
(ii) of paragraph (f) above with respect to the Borrower, automatically the Commitments shall
immediately terminate and the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all amounts of L/C Obligations,
whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the
documents required thereunder) shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is
any other Event of Default, either or both of the following actions may be taken: (i) with the
consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required
Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower declare the Revolving
Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Revolving Commitments shall immediately
terminate; and (ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon
the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent
shall, by notice to the Borrower,
declare the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents (including all amounts
of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit
shall have presented the documents required thereunder) to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon
the same shall immediately become due and payable. With respect to all Letters of Credit with
respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration
pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account
opened by the Administrative Agent
58
an amount equal to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired
amount of such Letters of Credit and all such amounts deposited shall be applied to reduce the
outstanding L/C Obligations. Amounts held in such cash collateral account shall be applied by the
Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused
portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if
any, shall be applied to repay other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents. After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, all
Reimbursement Obligations shall have been satisfied and all other obligations of the Borrower
hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, in
such cash collateral account shall be returned to the Borrower (or such other Person as may be
lawfully entitled thereto). Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment,
demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.
SECTION 9. THE AGENTS
9.1 Appointment. Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as the
agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender
irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its
behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such
powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms
of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably
incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement,
the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set
forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions,
responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other
Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.
9.2 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel
concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be
responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys in-fact selected by it with
reasonable care.
9.3 Exculpatory Provisions. Neither any Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents,
advisors, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or
omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other
Loan Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and
nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such
Persons own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of
the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or
any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate,
report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agents under
or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan
Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency
of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any failure of any Loan Party a party thereto
to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Agents shall not be under any obligation
to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the
agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect
the properties, books or records of any Loan Party.
9.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in
relying, upon any instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter,
telecopy, email message, statement, order or other document or conversation
59
believed by it to be
genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon
advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower), independent accountants
and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may deem and
treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of
assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent.
The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under
this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence
of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders) as it deems
appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all
liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such
action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining
from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the
Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders), and such request and any
action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all
future holders of the Loans.
9.5 Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence
of any Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a
Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and
stating that such notice is a notice of default. In the event that the Administrative Agent
receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The
Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as
shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all
Lenders); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such
directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or
refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem
advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.
9.6 Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Agents nor any of their respective
officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates have made any
representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any
review of the affairs of a Loan Party or any affiliate of a Loan Party, shall be deemed to
constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to
the Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and
based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and
investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and
creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates and made its own decision to make its
Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement.
Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or
any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the
time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking
action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigation as it
deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other
condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates. Except for notices,
reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative
Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any
Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property,
condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any
affiliate of a Loan Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of
its officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.
9.7 Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent in its capacity as such and its officers,
directors, employees, affiliates, agents, advisors, and controlling persons (each an Agent
Indemnitee) (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation
of
60
the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective Aggregate Exposure Percentages in
effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section (or, if indemnification is
sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have
been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such Aggregate Exposure Percentages immediately prior
to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties,
actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any
time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted
against such Agent Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this
Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein
or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by
such Agent Indemnitee under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender
shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by final and
nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent
Indemnitees gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section shall survive
the termination of the Agreement and payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.
9.8 Agent in Its Individual Capacity. Each Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage
in any kind of business with any Loan Party as though such Agent were not an Agent. With respect
to its Loans made or renewed by it and with respect to any Letter of Credit issued or participated
in by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms
Lender and Lenders shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.
9.9 Successor Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 10 days notice to the
Lenders and the Borrower. If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent under
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the
Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall (unless an Event of Default
under Section 8.1(a) or Section 8.1(f) with respect to the Borrower shall have occurred and be
continuing) be subject to approval by the Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties
of the Administrative
Agent, and the term Administrative Agent shall mean such successor agent effective upon such
appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agents rights, powers and duties as
Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of
such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the
Loans. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date that is
10 days following a retiring Administrative Agents notice of resignation, the retiring
Administrative Agents resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective, and the Lenders
shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time,
if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above. After any
retiring Administrative Agents resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section
9 and Section 10.5 shall continue to inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be
taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
9.10 Co-Syndication Agents. The Co-Syndication Agents shall have no duties or responsibilities hereunder their capacity
as such.
SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS
10.1 Amendments and Waivers. Neither this Agreement, any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be
amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with
61
the provisions of this Section 10.1.
The Required Lenders and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the
written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party party to the
relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (a) enter into written amendments, supplements or
modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to
this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or
of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the
Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument,
any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of
Default and its consequences; provided, however, that no such waiver and no such amendment,
supplement or modification shall (i) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled
date of maturity of any Loan, extend the scheduled date of any amortization payment in respect of
any Term Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except (x) in
connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates (which
waiver shall be effective with the consent of the Majority Facility Lenders of each adversely
affected Facility) and (y) that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the
financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or
fees for purposes of this clause (i)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or
increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lenders Revolving Commitment, in each
case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; (ii) eliminate or reduce
the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 10.1 without the written consent of such Lender;
(iii) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the
assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents, release or limit any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Material
Subsidiary from its obligations under the Guarantee (other than pursuant to Section 10.14 hereof),
in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; (iv) amend, modify or waive any provision
of Section 2.15 without the written consent of all Lenders under each Facility adversely affected
thereby; (v) reduce the amount of Net Cash Proceeds required to be applied to prepay Loans under
this Agreement without the written consent of the Majority Facility Lenders with respect to each
Facility; (vi) reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Majority Facility Lenders
with respect to any Facility without the written consent of all Lenders under such Facility;
(vii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 9 or any other provision of any Loan Document
that affects the Administrative Agent without the written consent of the Administrative Agent;
(viii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3 without the written consent of the Issuing
Lender or (ix) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 2.21 without the written consent of
the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent. Any such waiver and any such amendment,
supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the
Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Loans. In the
case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to
their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or
Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall
extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent
thereon.
Notwithstanding this Section 10.1, the Commitments of any Defaulting Lender shall be
disregarded for all purposes of any determination of whether the Required Lenders have taken or may
take any action hereunder (including any consent to any waiver, amendment, supplement or
modification pursuant to this Section 10.1); provided that any waiver, amendment,
supplement or modification of the type described in clause (i) of this Section 10.1 shall require
the consent of any Defaulting Lender.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with
the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to add
one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit
from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to
share
62
ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans
and Revolving Extensions of Credit and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to
include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the
Required Lenders and Majority Facility Lenders.
10.2 Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective
shall be in writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall
be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three Business Days after being
deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received,
addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and as set forth in
an administrative questionnaire delivered to the Administrative Agent in the case of the Lenders,
or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:
|
|
|
Borrower:
|
|
Gartner, Inc. |
|
|
56 Top Gallant Road |
|
|
Stamford, CT 06904 |
|
|
Attention: General Counsel |
|
|
Facsimile: (203) 316-6245 |
|
|
Telephone: (203) 316-6311 |
|
|
|
with a copy to:
|
|
Gartner, Inc. |
|
|
56 Top Gallant Road |
|
|
Stamford, CT 06904 |
|
|
Attention: Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
Facsimile: (866) 785-2981 |
|
|
Telephone: (203) 316-6876 |
|
|
|
Administrative Agent:
|
|
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. |
|
|
JPMorgan Loan Services |
|
|
10 South Dearborn, |
|
|
Chicago, IL 60603 |
|
|
Attention: Leonida Mischke |
|
|
Facsimile: 888-266-8058 |
|
|
Telephone: 312-385-7055 |
|
|
|
with a copy to:
|
|
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. |
|
|
Two Corporate Drive, Suite 730 |
|
|
Shelton, CT 06484 |
|
|
Attention: Scott Farquhar |
|
|
Facsimile: 203-944-8495 |
provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent or the
Lenders shall not be effective until received.
Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by
electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent;
provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Section 2 unless
otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent
or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it
hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that
approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
63
10.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent
or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents
shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy,
power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein
provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided
by law.
10.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any
document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall
survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other
extensions of credit hereunder.
10.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes. The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for all its
out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation and
execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the
consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and filing and recording
fees and expenses, with statements with respect to the foregoing to be submitted to the Borrower
prior to the Closing Date (in the case of amounts
to be paid on the Closing Date) and from time to time thereafter on a quarterly basis or such
other periodic basis as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate, (b) to pay or reimburse
each Lender and the Administrative Agent for all its costs and expenses incurred in connection with
the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and
any such other documents, including the fees and disbursements of counsel to each Lender and of
counsel to the Administrative Agent, (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and the
Administrative Agent harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all
liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp, excise and other similar
taxes, if any, that may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and
delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any
amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this
Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify, and
hold each Lender and the Administrative Agent and their respective officers, directors, employees,
affiliates, agents and controlling persons (each, an Indemnitee) harmless from and
against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments,
suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the
execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan
Documents and any such other documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the use of
proceeds of the Loans or the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental
Law applicable to any Group Member including with respect to any property at any time owned,
leased, or used by any Group Member, or any orders, requirements or demands of Governmental
Authorities related thereto, and the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel in connection
with claims, actions or proceedings by any Indemnitee against any Loan Party under any Loan
Document (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the Indemnified
Liabilities), provided, that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnitee
with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities are found by a
final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee. Without limiting the foregoing, and to
the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower agrees not to assert and to cause its
Subsidiaries not to assert, and hereby waives and agrees to cause its Subsidiaries to waive, all
rights for contribution or any other rights of recovery with respect to all claims, demands,
penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature,
under or related to Environmental Laws, that any of them might have by statute or otherwise against
any
64
Indemnitee. All amounts due under this Section 10.5 shall be payable not later than 10 days
after written demand therefor. Statements payable by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 10.5
shall be submitted to the Borrower at the address set forth in Section 10.2, or to such other
Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrower in a written notice to the
Administrative Agent. The agreements in this Section 10.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and
all other amounts payable hereunder.
10.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments. (a) The provisions of
this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any
Affiliate of the Issuing Lender that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may
not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior
written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without
such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights
or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section.
(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign
to one or more assignees (each, an Assignee) all or a portion of its rights and
obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at
the time owing to it) with the prior written consent of:
(A) the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed),
provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a
Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund (as defined below) or, if an Event of
Default under Section 8.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing, any other Person;
(B) the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed),
provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an
assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an
Approved Fund; and
(C) the Issuing Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), provided
that no consent of the Issuing Lender shall be required for an assignment of all or any
portion of a Term Loan.
(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an
Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lenders
Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount of the Commitments or Loans of the
assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment
and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent)
shall not be less than $5,000,000 (or, in the case of the Term Facility, $1,000,000) unless
each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that
(1) no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section
8.1(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in
respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;
(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative
Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of
$3,500; and
65
(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative
Agent an administrative questionnaire.
For the purposes of this Section 10.6, Approved Fund means any Person (other than a
natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and
similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or
managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity
that administers or manages a Lender.
(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) below, from
and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Assignee thereunder
shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and
Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning
Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption,
be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and
Assumption covering all of the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement, such
Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of
Sections 2.16, 2.17, 2.18 and 10.5). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or
obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 10.6 shall be treated for
purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and
obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.
(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall
maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a
register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and
principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender
pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the Register). The entries in the
Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and
the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms
hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the
contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender at any
reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning
Lender and an Assignee, the Assignees completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee
shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph
(b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this
Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the
information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of
this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.
(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell
participations to one or more banks or other entities (a Participant) in all or a portion
of such Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its
Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lenders obligations under
this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other
parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative
Agent, the Issuing Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with
such Lender in connection with such Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any
agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender
shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or
waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that
such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to
66
any amendment, modification
or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to the
proviso to the second sentence of Section 10.1 and (2) directly affects such Participant. Subject
to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled
to the benefits of, and subject to the limitations of, Sections 2.16, 2.17 and 2.18 to the same
extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b)
of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the
benefits of Section 10.7(b) as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant shall be subject
to Section 10.7(a) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation, acting
solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain a register on which it enters
the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each
Participants interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the Participant
Register); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of
the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any
information relating to a Participants interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or
its other obligations under this Agreement) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary
to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form
under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the
Participant Register shall be conclusive, and such Lender, each Loan Party and the Administrative
Agent shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register pursuant to the
terms hereof as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding
notice to the contrary.
(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.16 or
2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the
participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is
made with the Borrowers prior written consent. No Participant shall be entitled to the benefits
of Section 2.17 unless such Participant complies with Section 2.17(d), (e) and (f) as if it were a
Lender.
(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of
its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or
assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any
such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or
assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or
substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(e) The Borrower, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue
Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in paragraph
(d) above.
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Conduit Lender may assign any or all of the Loans it
may have funded hereunder to its designating Lender without the consent of the Borrower or the
Administrative Agent and without regard to the limitations set forth in Section 10.6(b). Each of
the Borrower, each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby confirms that it will not institute
against a Conduit Lender or join any other Person in instituting against a Conduit Lender any
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding under any state
bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest
maturing commercial paper note issued by such Conduit Lender; provided, however, that each
Lender designating any Conduit Lender hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each other
party hereto for any loss, cost, damage or expense arising out of its inability to institute such a
proceeding against such Conduit Lender during such period of forbearance.
10.7 Adjustments; Set-off. (a) Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for payments to be
allocated to a particular Lender or to the Lenders under a particular Facility,
67
if any Lender (a
Benefitted Lender) shall, at any time after the Loans and other amounts payable hereunder
shall immediately become due and payable pursuant to Section 8, receive any payment of all or part
of the Obligations owing to it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily
or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in
Section 8.1(f), or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral
received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of the Obligations owing to such other Lender,
such Benefitted Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in
such portion of the Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other
Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefitted
Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders;
provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter
recovered from such Benefitted Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and
benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall
have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the
Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence and during the Continuance
of an Event of Default, to set off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all
deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other
credits,
indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or
contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency
thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower, as the case may be. Each Lender
agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such setoff and
application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not
affect the validity of such setoff and application.
10.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any
number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to
constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement
by facsimile transmission or via email attachment shall be effective as delivery of a manually
executed counterpart hereof. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall
be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
10.9 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction
shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in
any other jurisdiction.
10.10 Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of the Borrower,
the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and
there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or
any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or
in the other Loan Documents.
10.11 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
10.12 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers. The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
68
(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement
of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the
State of New York, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and
appellate courts from any thereof;
(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any
objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any
such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to
plead or claim the same;
(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing
a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage
prepaid, to the Borrower, as the case may be at its address set forth in Section 10.2 or at such
other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;
(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any
other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and
(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or
recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary,
punitive or consequential damages.
10.13 Acknowledgements. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:
(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
(b) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or
duty to the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents, and the relationship between Administrative Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and the
Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and
creditor; and
(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by
virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or between the Borrower and the
Lenders.
10.14 Releases of Guarantees. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan
Document, the Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender (without
requirement of notice to or consent of any Lender except as expressly required by Section 10.1) to
take any action requested by the Borrower having the effect of releasing any guarantee obligations
(i) to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by any Loan
Document or that has been consented to in accordance with Section 10.1 or (ii) under the
circumstances described in paragraph (b) below.
(b) At such time as the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and the other obligations under
the Loan Documents (including obligations under or in respect of Specified Swap Agreements) shall
have been paid in full, the Commitments have been terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be
outstanding, the Guarantee and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such
termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party under the Guarantee shall terminate,
all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.
69
10.15 Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees to keep confidential all non-public
information provided to it by any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to or
in connection with this Agreement; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Administrative
Agent or any Lender from disclosing any such information (a) to the Administrative Agent, any other
Lender or any affiliate thereof, (b) subject to an agreement to comply with the provisions of
this Section, to any actual or prospective Transferee or any direct or indirect counterparty to any
Swap Agreement (or any professional advisor to such counterparty), (c) to its employees, directors,
agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors or those of any of its affiliates,
(d) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority, (e) in response to any order of any
court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement
of Law, (f) if requested or required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar
proceeding, (g) that has been publicly disclosed, (h) to the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires
access to information about a Lenders investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with
respect to such Lender, or (i) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any
other Loan Document.
Each Lender acknowledges that information furnished to it pursuant to this Agreement or the
other Loan Documents may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower and its
Affiliates and their related parties or their respective securities, and confirms that it has
developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and that it
will handle such material non-public information in accordance with those procedures and applicable
law, including Federal and state securities laws.
All information, including requests for waivers and amendments, furnished by the Borrower or
the Administrative Agent pursuant to, or in the course of administering, this Agreement or the
other Loan Documents will be syndicate-level information, which may contain material non-public
information about the Borrower and its Affiliates and their related parties or their respective
securities. Accordingly, each Lender represents to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that
it has identified in its administrative questionnaire a credit contact who may receive information
that may contain material non-public information in accordance with its compliance procedures and
applicable law, including Federal and state securities laws.
10.16 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL. THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND
UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR
ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.
10.17 USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA
PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the Act),
it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which
information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow
such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and
delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
GARTNER, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as a Lender
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
Signature page to the Gartner, Inc. Credit Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
Co-Syndication Agent and as a Lender
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
Signature page to the Gartner, Inc. Credit Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
RBS CITIZENS, N.A., as Co-Syndication Agent and as a
Lender
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
Signature page to the Gartner, Inc. Credit Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Name of Lender], as a Lender
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
Signature page to the Gartner, Inc. Credit Agreement
exv21w1
EXHIBIT 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
|
|
|
Subsidiaries |
|
State/Country |
AMR Research, Inc.
|
|
Delaware, USA |
AMR Research International, Ltd.
|
|
Delaware, USA |
Burton Group, Inc.
|
|
Utah, USA |
Computer Financial Consultants, Inc.
|
|
Delaware, USA |
Computer Financial Consultants, Limited
|
|
United Kingdom |
Computer Financial Consultants (Management) Limited
|
|
United Kingdom |
Dataquest Australia Pty. Ltd.
|
|
Australia |
Dataquest, Inc.
|
|
California, USA |
Decision Drivers, Inc.
|
|
Delaware, USA |
G.G. Properties, Ltd.
|
|
Bermuda |
Gartner Advisory (Singapore) PTE LTD.
|
|
Singapore |
Gartner Australasia Pty Limited
|
|
Australia |
Gartner Austria GmbH
|
|
Austria |
Gartner Belgium BVBA
|
|
Belgium |
Gartner Canada Co.
|
|
Nova Scotia, Canada |
Gartner Consulting Beijing Co., LTD.
|
|
China |
Gartner Denmark ApS
|
|
Denmark |
Gartner Deutschland, GmbH
|
|
Germany |
Gartner do Brasil S/C Ltda.
|
|
Brazil |
Gartner Enterprises, Ltd.
|
|
Delaware, USA |
Gartner Espana, S.L.
|
|
Spain |
Gartner Europe Holdings, B.V.
|
|
The Netherlands |
Gartner France S.A.R.L.
|
|
France |
Gartner Gulf FZ, LLC
|
|
United Arab Emirates |
Gartner Group Argentina S.A.
|
|
Argentina |
Gartner Group Taiwan Ltd.
|
|
Taiwan |
Gartner (Thailand) Ltd.
|
|
Thailand |
Gartner Holdings Ireland
|
|
Ireland |
Gartner Holdings, LLC
|
|
Delaware, USA |
Gartner Hong Kong, Limited
|
|
Hong Kong |
Gartner India Research & Advisory Services Private Ltd.
|
|
India |
Gartner Investments I, LLC
|
|
Delaware, USA |
Gartner Investments II, LLC
|
|
Delaware, USA |
Gartner Ireland Limited
|
|
Ireland |
Gartner Italia, S.r.l.
|
|
Italy |
Gartner Japan Ltd.
|
|
Japan |
Gartner Mexico S. D. DE R. .L. de C.V.
|
|
Mexico |
Gartner Nederland B.V.
|
|
The Netherlands |
Gartner Norge A.S.
|
|
Norway |
Gartner Research & Advisory Malaysia
|
|
Malaysia |
Gartner Research & Advisory Korea Co., Ltd.
|
|
Korea |
Gartner Sverige AB
|
|
Sweden |
Gartner Switzerland GmbH
|
|
Switzerland |
Gartner UK Limited
|
|
United Kingdom |
The Research Board, Inc.
|
|
Delaware, USA |
Wentworth Research Limited
|
|
United Kingdom |
1422722 Ontario, Inc.
|
|
Canada |
META Group AG
|
|
Germany |
META Group CESE GmbH
|
|
Germany |
META Group Deutschland GmbH
|
|
Germany |
META Group IT Corp.
|
|
Philippines |
META Group UK Holdings Ltd.
|
|
United Kingdom |
META Group UK Ltd.
|
|
United Kingdom |
META Saudi Arabia
|
|
Saudi Arabia |
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Gartner, Inc.:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 33-85926, No.
33-92486, No. 333-77015, No. 333-30546, No. 333-91256, No. 333-97557, No. 333-104753, No.
333-120767, No. 333-127349, No. 333-160924), on Form S-8 and in the registration statement (No.
333-172266) on Form S-3 of Gartner, Inc. of our reports dated February 15, 2011, with respect to the
consolidated balance sheets of Gartner, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders equity (deficit) and comprehensive income
(loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, and
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, which
reports appear in the December 31, 2010 annual report on Form 10-K of Gartner, Inc.
/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
February 15, 2011
exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Eugene A. Hall, certify that:
(1) |
|
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Gartner, Inc.; |
(2) |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
(3) |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
(4) |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and we have: |
|
a) |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared; |
|
|
b) |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control
over financial reporting; and |
(5) |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a) |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and |
|
b) |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
|
|
|
/s/ Eugene A. Hall
Eugene A. Hall
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
Date: February 15, 2011 |
|
|
exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Christopher J. Lafond, certify that:
(1) |
|
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Gartner, Inc.; |
(2) |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
(3) |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
(4) |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and we have: |
|
a) |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared; |
|
|
b) |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control
over financial reporting; and |
(5) |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a) |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and |
|
b) |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
|
|
|
/s/ Christopher J. Lafond
Christopher J. Lafond
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
Date: February 15, 2011 |
|
|
exv32
Exhibit 32
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT
TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Gartner, Inc. (the Company) on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof
(the Report), Eugene A. Hall Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Christopher J. Lafond,
Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:
|
(1) |
|
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
|
(2) |
|
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Eugene A. Hall |
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Eugene A. Hall |
|
|
Title:
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
Date: February 15, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Christopher J. Lafond |
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Christopher J. Lafond |
|
|
Title:
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
Date: February 15, 2011 |
|
|
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Gartner,
Inc. and will be retained by Gartner, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission
or its staff upon request.